Fix typo...
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
f7e42eb4 2@c Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
c3b7224a 3@c 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009
252b5132
RH
4@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
6@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
7@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
8@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
9@c in config/tc-*.c
10@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
11@c in config/obj-*.c
12@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
13@c %**start of header
14@setfilename as.info
15@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
16@macro gcctabopt{body}
17@code{\body\}
18@end macro
252b5132
RH
19@c defaults, config file may override:
20@set have-stabs
21@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
22@c man begin NAME
23@c ---
252b5132 24@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 25@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 26@c ---
0285c67d 27@c man end
4a4c4a1d 28@c ---
252b5132 29@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
30@ifset COFF
31@set COFF-ELF
32@end ifset
33@ifset ELF
34@set COFF-ELF
35@end ifset
252b5132
RH
36@ifset AOUT
37@set aout-bout
38@end ifset
39@ifset ARM/Thumb
40@set ARM
41@end ifset
42@ifset BOUT
43@set aout-bout
44@end ifset
45@ifset H8/300
46@set H8
47@end ifset
252b5132
RH
48@ifset SH
49@set H8
50@end ifset
51@ifset HPPA
52@set abnormal-separator
53@end ifset
54@c ------------
55@ifset GENERIC
56@settitle Using @value{AS}
57@end ifset
58@ifclear GENERIC
59@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
60@end ifclear
61@setchapternewpage odd
62@c %**end of header
63
64@c @smallbook
65@c @set SMALL
66@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
67@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
68@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
69@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
70@c
71@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
72@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
73@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
74@c break.
75@c
76@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
77@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
78@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
79@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
80@c discretion, of course.
81@ifinfo
82@set SMALL
83@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
84@c might as well show 'em anyways.
85@end ifinfo
86
87@ifinfo
88@format
89START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
90* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 91* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
252b5132
RH
92END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
93@end format
94@end ifinfo
95
96@finalout
97@syncodeindex ky cp
98
0e9517a9 99@copying
252b5132
RH
100This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
101
0285c67d 102@c man begin COPYRIGHT
0e9517a9 103Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001, 2002,
c3b7224a 1042006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 105
0285c67d 106Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 107under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
108or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
109with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
110Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 111section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
112
113@c man end
0e9517a9 114@end copying
252b5132
RH
115
116@titlepage
117@title Using @value{AS}
118@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
119@ifclear GENERIC
120@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
121@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
122@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
123@sp 1
124@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
125@end ifset
252b5132
RH
126@sp 1
127@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
128@sp 1
129@sp 13
b45619c0 130The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 131Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 132first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
133The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
134distracting the boss while they got some work
135done.
136@sp 3
137@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
138@page
139@tex
140{\parskip=0pt
141\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
142\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
143}
144%"boxit" macro for figures:
145%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
146\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
147 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
148#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
149\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
150@end tex
151
152@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
ad22bfe8 153Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001, 2002,
c3b7224a 1542006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 155
cf055d54 156 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 157 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
158 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
159 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
160 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 161 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 162
252b5132 163@end titlepage
4ecceb71 164@contents
252b5132 165
2e64b665 166@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
167@node Top
168@top Using @value{AS}
169
e49e529d
JM
170This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
171@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
172@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
173@end ifset
174version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 175@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 176This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
177code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
178@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
179
180This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
181Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 182section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 183
252b5132
RH
184@menu
185* Overview:: Overview
186* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
187* Syntax:: Syntax
188* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
189* Symbols:: Symbols
190* Expressions:: Expressions
191* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
192@ifset ELF
193* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
194@end ifset
252b5132
RH
195* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
196* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
197* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 198* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 199* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 200@end menu
2e64b665 201@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
202
203@node Overview
204@chapter Overview
205@iftex
a4fb0134 206This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 207@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 208This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
209code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
210@end ifclear
211@end iftex
212
213@cindex invocation summary
214@cindex option summary
215@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 216Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 217see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 218
0285c67d
NC
219@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
220
a4fb0134 221@ignore
0285c67d
NC
222@c man begin SEEALSO
223gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
224@c man end
a4fb0134 225@end ignore
0285c67d 226
252b5132
RH
227@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
228@c to be limited to one line for the header.
229@smallexample
0285c67d 230@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 231@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
3d6b762c 232 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565
NC
233 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
234 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
235 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
236 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
237 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}] [@b{-o}
238 @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}] [@b{--statistics}]
239 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}] [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}]
a0b7da79
MM
240 [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}] [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
241 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
242 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134
SC
243@c
244@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
245@c Add an empty line for separation.
625e1353
RH
246@ifset ALPHA
247
248@emph{Target Alpha options:}
249 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
250 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 251 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
252 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
253 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
254@end ifset
252b5132 255@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
256
257@emph{Target ARC options:}
258 [@b{-marc[5|6|7|8]}]
259 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
260@end ifset
261@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
262
263@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 264@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
265 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
266 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
267 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
268 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 269 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 270 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
271 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
272 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
273 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 274 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 275@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
276@ifset CRIS
277
278@emph{Target CRIS options:}
279 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
280 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
281 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 282 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
283@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
284@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
285@end ifset
252b5132 286@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
287
288@emph{Target D10V options:}
289 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
290@end ifset
291@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
292
293@emph{Target D30V options:}
294 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132
RH
295@end ifset
296@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
297
298@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
299 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
300@end ifset
301@ifset HPPA
302@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
303@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
304@ifset I80386
305
306@emph{Target i386 options:}
12b55ccc 307 [@b{--32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
6305a203 308 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
309@end ifset
310@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
311
312@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 313@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
314 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
315 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
316 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 317@end ifset
587fe2b3 318@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 319
9e32ca89
NC
320@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
321 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
322 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
323 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 324 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 325 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 326 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
327 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
328@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
329@ifset IP2K
330
331@emph{Target IP2K options:}
332 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
333@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
334@ifset M32C
335
336@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 337 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 338@end ifset
587fe2b3 339@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 340
a4fb0134
SC
341@emph{Target M32R options:}
342 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 343 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 344@end ifset
252b5132 345@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
346
347@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
348 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 349@end ifset
60bcf0fa 350@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
351
352@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
d01030e6 353 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}]
2f904664
SC
354 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
355 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 356 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
357 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
358 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
359@end ifset
360@ifset MCORE
361
362@emph{Target MCORE options:}
363 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
364 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 365@end ifset
252b5132 366@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
367
368@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 369 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 370 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 371 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5
TS
372 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
373 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 374 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
5f74bc13 375 [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
437ee9d5
TS
376 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
377 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
378 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
379 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
e16bfa71 380 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 381 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 382 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 383 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 384 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
ef2e4d86 385 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
ecb4347a 386 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 387 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
388@end ifset
389@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
390
391@emph{Target MMIX options:}
392 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
393 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
394 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 395 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134
SC
396@end ifset
397@ifset PDP11
398
399@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
400 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
401 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
402 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
403@end ifset
404@ifset PJ
405
406@emph{Target picoJava options:}
407 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
408@end ifset
409@ifset PPC
410
411@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
412 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|
2f3bb96a 413 @b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|@b{-mppc64}|@b{-m620}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|@b{-mbooke}]
9b4e5766 414 [@b{-mcom}|@b{-many}|@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}] [@b{-memb}]
a4fb0134
SC
415 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
416 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}]
417 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
418 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
419@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
420@ifset S390
421
422@emph{Target s390 options:}
423 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
424 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
425 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
426@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
427@ifset SCORE
428
429@emph{Target SCORE options:}
430 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
431 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
432 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
433 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
434@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
435@ifset SPARC
436
437@emph{Target SPARC options:}
438@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
439 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
440 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}]
441 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}] [@b{-bump}]
442 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
443@end ifset
444@ifset TIC54X
445
446@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
447 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
448 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
449@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
450
451@ifset Z80
452
453@emph{Target Z80 options:}
454 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
455 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
456 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
457 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
458 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
459 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
460 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
461@end ifset
462
a4fb0134
SC
463@ifset Z8000
464@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 465@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
466@ifset XTENSA
467
468@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
43cd72b9 469 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
e0001a05 470 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
43cd72b9 471 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
9456465c 472 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
e0001a05 473@end ifset
0285c67d 474@c man end
252b5132
RH
475@end smallexample
476
0285c67d
NC
477@c man begin OPTIONS
478
a4fb0134 479@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 480@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 481
83f10cb2 482@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
483Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
484
a4fb0134 485@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
486@item -ac
487omit false conditionals
488
489@item -ad
490omit debugging directives
491
83f10cb2
NC
492@item -ag
493include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
494
252b5132
RH
495@item -ah
496include high-level source
497
498@item -al
499include assembly
500
501@item -am
502include macro expansions
503
504@item -an
505omit forms processing
506
507@item -as
508include symbols
509
510@item =file
511set the name of the listing file
512@end table
513
514You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
515listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
516the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
517
caa32fe5 518@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
519Begin in alternate macro mode.
520@ifclear man
521@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
522@end ifclear
caa32fe5 523
252b5132
RH
524@item -D
525Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
526other assemblers.
527
3d6b762c
JM
528@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
529When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
530information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
531
252b5132
RH
532@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
533Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
534@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
535indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
536value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
537use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
538
539@item -f
540``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
541compiler output).
542
329e276d
NC
543@item -g
544@itemx --gen-debug
545Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
546debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
547ECOFF or DWARF2.
548
252b5132
RH
549@item --gstabs
550Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
551may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
552
05da4302
NC
553@item --gstabs+
554Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
555extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
556debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
557may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
558the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
559
329e276d 560@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 561Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 562may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 563option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 564
252b5132
RH
565@item --help
566Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
567
ea20a7da
CC
568@item --target-help
569Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
570
252b5132
RH
571@item -I @var{dir}
572Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
573
574@item -J
575Don't warn about signed overflow.
576
577@item -K
578@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
579This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
580@end ifclear
581@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
582Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
583@end ifset
584
585@item -L
586@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
587Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
588system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
589or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
590@ifclear man
591@xref{Symbol Names}.
592@end ifclear
252b5132 593
c3a27914
NC
594@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
595Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
596listing to @var{number}.
597
598@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
599Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
600lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
601
602@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
603Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
604@var{number} bytes.
605
606@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
607Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
608to @var{number} + 1.
609
252b5132 610@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 611Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
612
613@item -R
614Fold the data section into the text section.
615
4bdd3565
NC
616@kindex --hash-size=@var{number}
617Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
618@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
619assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
620memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
621requirements at the expense of speed.
622
623@item --reduce-memory-overheads
624This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
625assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
626@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
627
252b5132
RH
628@item --statistics
629Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
630assembly.
631
632@item --strip-local-absolute
633Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
634
635@item -v
636@itemx -version
a4fb0134 637Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
638
639@item --version
a4fb0134 640Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
641
642@item -W
2bdd6cf5 643@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
644Suppress warning messages.
645
2bdd6cf5
GK
646@item --fatal-warnings
647Treat warnings as errors.
648
649@item --warn
650Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
651
252b5132
RH
652@item -w
653Ignored.
654
655@item -x
656Ignored.
657
658@item -Z
659Generate an object file even after errors.
660
661@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
662Standard input, or source files to assemble.
663
664@end table
665
666@ifset ARC
667The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
668an ARC processor.
669
a4fb0134 670@table @gcctabopt
0d2bcfaf
NC
671@item -marc[5|6|7|8]
672This option selects the core processor variant.
673@item -EB | -EL
674Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
252b5132
RH
675@end table
676@end ifset
677
678@ifset ARM
679The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
680processor family.
681
a4fb0134 682@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 683@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 684Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 685@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 686Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 687@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 688Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
689@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
690Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
691@item -mthumb
692Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 693@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
694Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
695@item -EB | -EL
696Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
697@item -mthumb-interwork
698Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
699ARM code in mind.
700@item -k
701Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
702@end table
703@end ifset
704
328eb32e
HPN
705@ifset CRIS
706See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
707@end ifset
708
252b5132
RH
709@ifset D10V
710The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
711a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 712@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
713@cindex D10V optimization
714@cindex optimization, D10V
715@item -O
716Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
717@end table
718@end ifset
719
720@ifset D30V
721The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
722processor.
a4fb0134 723@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
724@cindex D30V optimization
725@cindex optimization, D30V
726@item -O
727Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
728
729@cindex D30V nops
730@item -n
731Warn when nops are generated.
732
733@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
734@item -N
735Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
736@end table
737@end ifset
738
739@ifset I960
740The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
741Intel 80960 processor.
742
a4fb0134 743@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
744@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
745Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
746
747@item -b
748Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
749
750@item -no-relax
751Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
752error if necessary.
753
754@end table
755@end ifset
756
a40cbfa3
NC
757@ifset IP2K
758The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 759Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
760
761@table @gcctabopt
762
763@item -mip2022ext
764Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
765
766@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 767Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
768just the basic IP2022 ones.
769
770@end table
771@end ifset
772
49f58d10
JB
773@ifset M32C
774The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
775Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
776
777@table @gcctabopt
778
779@item -m32c
780Assemble M32C instructions.
781
782@item -m16c
783Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
784
c54b5932
DD
785@item -relax
786Enable support for link-time relaxations.
787
788@item -h-tick-hex
789Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
790
49f58d10
JB
791@end table
792@end ifset
793
ec694b89
NC
794@ifset M32R
795The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 796Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 797
a4fb0134 798@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
799
800@item --m32rx
801Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
802is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
803
804@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
805Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
806encountered.
807
808@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
809Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
810encountered.
811
812@end table
813@end ifset
252b5132
RH
814
815@ifset M680X0
816The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
817Motorola 68000 series.
818
a4fb0134 819@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
820
821@item -l
822Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
823
0285c67d
NC
824@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
825@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
826@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
827Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
828is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
829
830@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
831The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
832The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
833the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
834two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
835coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
836
837@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
838The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
839unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
840
841@end table
842@end ifset
843
e135f41b
NC
844@ifset PDP11
845
846For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
847see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
848
a4fb0134 849@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
850@item -mpic | -mno-pic
851Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 852default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
853
854@item -mall
855@itemx -mall-extensions
856Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
857
858@item -mno-extensions
859Disable all instruction set extensions.
860
861@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
862Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
863
864@item -m@var{cpu}
865Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
866disable all other extensions.
867
868@item -m@var{machine}
869Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
870model, and disable all other extensions.
871@end table
872
873@end ifset
874
041dd5a9
ILT
875@ifset PJ
876The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
877a picoJava processor.
878
a4fb0134 879@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
880
881@cindex PJ endianness
882@cindex endianness, PJ
883@cindex big endian output, PJ
884@item -mb
885Generate ``big endian'' format output.
886
887@cindex little endian output, PJ
888@item -ml
889Generate ``little endian'' format output.
890
891@end table
892@end ifset
893
60bcf0fa
NC
894@ifset M68HC11
895The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
896Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
897
a4fb0134 898@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 899
d01030e6 900@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12
60bcf0fa
NC
901Specify what processor is the target. The default is
902defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
903
2f904664
SC
904@item -mshort
905Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
906
907@item -mlong
908Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
909
910@item -mshort-double
911Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
912
913@item -mlong-double
914Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
915
1370e33d 916@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
917Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
918conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
919sub routine.
920
1370e33d
NC
921@item -S | --short-branches
922Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
923when the offset is out of range.
924
925@item --strict-direct-mode
926Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
927when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
928
929@item --print-insn-syntax
930Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
931
932@item --print-opcodes
933print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
934
935@item --generate-example
936print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 937This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
938
939@end table
940@end ifset
941
252b5132 942@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 943The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
944for the SPARC architecture:
945
a4fb0134 946@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
947@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
948@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
949Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
950
951@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
952@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
953
954@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
955UltraSPARC extensions.
956
957@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
958For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
959equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
960
961@item -bump
962Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
963@end table
964@end ifset
965
39bec121
TW
966@ifset TIC54X
967The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
968architecture.
969
a4fb0134 970@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
971@item -mfar-mode
972Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
973extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
974@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
975Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
976@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
977Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
978behaviour in the shell.
979@end table
980@end ifset
981
252b5132
RH
982@ifset MIPS
983The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
437ee9d5 984a @sc{mips} processor.
252b5132 985
a4fb0134 986@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
987@item -G @var{num}
988This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
989implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
990use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
991
992@cindex MIPS endianness
993@cindex endianness, MIPS
994@cindex big endian output, MIPS
995@item -EB
996Generate ``big endian'' format output.
997
998@cindex little endian output, MIPS
999@item -EL
1000Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1001
1002@cindex MIPS ISA
1003@item -mips1
1004@itemx -mips2
1005@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1006@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1007@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1008@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1009@itemx -mips32r2
4058e45f 1010@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1011@itemx -mips64r2
437ee9d5
TS
1012Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} Instruction Set Architecture level.
1013@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1014alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1015@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
5f74bc13
CD
1016@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips64}, and
1017@samp{-mips64r2}
af7ee8bf 1018correspond to generic
5f74bc13
CD
1019@samp{MIPS V}, @samp{MIPS32}, @samp{MIPS32 Release 2}, @samp{MIPS64},
1020and @samp{MIPS64 Release 2}
1021ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5
TS
1022
1023@item -march=@var{CPU}
1024Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
1025
1026@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
1027Schedule and tune for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
1028
1029@item -mfix7000
1030@itemx -mno-fix7000
1031Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1032of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1033
ecb4347a
DJ
1034@item -mdebug
1035@itemx -no-mdebug
1036Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1037section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1038
dcd410fe
RO
1039@item -mpdr
1040@itemx -mno-pdr
1041Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1042
437ee9d5
TS
1043@item -mgp32
1044@itemx -mfp32
1045The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1046flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1047all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1048and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1049
1050@item -mips16
1051@itemx -no-mips16
1052Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1053@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1054turns off this option.
252b5132 1055
e16bfa71
TS
1056@item -msmartmips
1057@itemx -mno-smartmips
1058Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1059equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1060@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1061
1f25f5d3
CD
1062@item -mips3d
1063@itemx -no-mips3d
1064Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1065This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1066@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1067
deec1734
CD
1068@item -mdmx
1069@itemx -no-mdmx
1070Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1071This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1072@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1073
2ef2b9ae
CF
1074@item -mdsp
1075@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1076Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1077This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1078@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1079
8b082fb1
TS
1080@item -mdspr2
1081@itemx -mno-dspr2
1082Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
1083This option implies -mdsp.
1084This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1085@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1086
ef2e4d86
CF
1087@item -mmt
1088@itemx -mno-mt
1089Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1090This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1091@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1092
437ee9d5
TS
1093@item --construct-floats
1094@itemx --no-construct-floats
1095The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1096double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1097value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1098the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1099selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132
RH
1100
1101@cindex emulation
1102@item --emulation=@var{name}
a4fb0134 1103This option causes @command{@value{AS}} to emulate @command{@value{AS}} configured
252b5132
RH
1104for some other target, in all respects, including output format (choosing
1105between ELF and ECOFF only), handling of pseudo-opcodes which may generate
1106debugging information or store symbol table information, and default
1107endianness. The available configuration names are: @samp{mipsecoff},
1108@samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslecoff}, @samp{mipsbecoff}, @samp{mipslelf},
1109@samp{mipsbelf}. The first two do not alter the default endianness from that
1110of the primary target for which the assembler was configured; the others change
1111the default to little- or big-endian as indicated by the @samp{b} or @samp{l}
1112in the name. Using @samp{-EB} or @samp{-EL} will override the endianness
1113selection in any case.
1114
1115This option is currently supported only when the primary target
437ee9d5 1116@command{@value{AS}} is configured for is a @sc{mips} ELF or ECOFF target.
252b5132
RH
1117Furthermore, the primary target or others specified with
1118@samp{--enable-targets=@dots{}} at configuration time must include support for
1119the other format, if both are to be available. For example, the Irix 5
1120configuration includes support for both.
1121
1122Eventually, this option will support more configurations, with more
1123fine-grained control over the assembler's behavior, and will be supported for
1124more processors.
1125
1126@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1127@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1128the native tools.
1129
252b5132
RH
1130@item --trap
1131@itemx --no-trap
1132@itemx --break
1133@itemx --no-break
1134Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1135@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1136(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1137@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1138break exception.
63486801
L
1139
1140@item -n
a4fb0134 1141When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1142time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1143@end table
1144@end ifset
1145
1146@ifset MCORE
1147The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1148an MCore processor.
1149
a4fb0134 1150@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1151@item -jsri2bsr
1152@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1153Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1154The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1155
1156@item -sifilter
1157@itemx -nosifilter
1158Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1159The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1160
1161@item -relax
1162Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1163
ec694b89
NC
1164@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1165Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1166can be assembled.
1167
1168@item -EB
1169Assemble for a big endian target.
1170
1171@item -EL
1172Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1173
1174@end table
1175@end ifset
1176
3c3bdf30
NC
1177@ifset MMIX
1178See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1179@end ifset
1180
11c19e16
MS
1181@ifset S390
1182The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1183processor family.
1184
1185@table @gcctabopt
1186@item -m31
1187@itemx -m64
1188Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1189@item -mesa
1190@item -mzarch
1191Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1192Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1193@item -march=@var{processor}
1194Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g6}, @samp{g6},
1195@samp{z900}, @samp{z990}, @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec}, or @samp{z10}.
1196@item -mregnames
1197@itemx -mno-regnames
1198Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1199@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1200Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1201but evaluates to zero.
1202@end table
1203@end ifset
1204
e0001a05
NC
1205@ifset XTENSA
1206The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1207an Xtensa processor.
1208
1209@table @gcctabopt
e0001a05
NC
1210@item --text-section-literals | --no-text-section-literals
1211With @option{--text-@-section-@-literals}, literal pools are interspersed
1212in the text section. The default is
1213@option{--no-@-text-@-section-@-literals}, which places literals in a
43cd72b9
BW
1214separate section in the output file. These options only affect literals
1215referenced via PC-relative @code{L32R} instructions; literals for
1216absolute mode @code{L32R} instructions are handled separately.
1217
1218@item --absolute-literals | --no-absolute-literals
1219Indicate to the assembler whether @code{L32R} instructions use absolute
1220or PC-relative addressing. The default is to assume absolute addressing
1221if the Xtensa processor includes the absolute @code{L32R} addressing
1222option. Otherwise, only the PC-relative @code{L32R} mode can be used.
e0001a05
NC
1223
1224@item --target-align | --no-target-align
1225Enable or disable automatic alignment to reduce branch penalties at the
1226expense of some code density. The default is @option{--target-@-align}.
1227
1228@item --longcalls | --no-longcalls
1229Enable or disable transformation of call instructions to allow calls
1230across a greater range of addresses. The default is
1231@option{--no-@-longcalls}.
43cd72b9
BW
1232
1233@item --transform | --no-transform
1234Enable or disable all assembler transformations of Xtensa instructions.
1235The default is @option{--transform};
1236@option{--no-transform} should be used only in the rare cases when the
1237instructions must be exactly as specified in the assembly source.
00e3c476
BW
1238
1239@item --rename-section @var{oldname}=@var{newname}
1240When generating output sections, rename the @var{oldname} section to
1241@var{newname}.
e0001a05
NC
1242@end table
1243@end ifset
1244
3c9b82ba
NC
1245@ifset Z80
1246The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1247a Z80 family processor.
1248@table @gcctabopt
1249@item -z80
1250Assemble for Z80 processor.
1251@item -r800
1252Assemble for R800 processor.
1253@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
1254@itemx -Wnud
1255Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
1256@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
1257@itemx -Wnup
1258Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
1259@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
1260@itemx -Wud
1261Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
1262@item -warn-unportable-instructions
1263@itemx -Wup
b45619c0 1264Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
3c9b82ba
NC
1265@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
1266@itemx -Fud
1267Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
1268@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
1269@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1270Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1271@end table
1272@end ifset
1273
0285c67d
NC
1274@c man end
1275
252b5132
RH
1276@menu
1277* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1278* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1279* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1280* Command Line:: Command Line
1281* Input Files:: Input Files
1282* Object:: Output (Object) File
1283* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1284@end menu
1285
1286@node Manual
1287@section Structure of this Manual
1288
1289@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1290This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1291@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1292notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1293@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1294
1295@ifclear GENERIC
1296We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1297configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1298@end ifclear
1299@ifset GENERIC
1300This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1301various flavors of the assembler.
1302@end ifset
1303
1304@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1305On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1306to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1307In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1308architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1309mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1310particular architecture.
1311@ifset GENERIC
1312You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1313machine architecture manual for this information.
1314@end ifset
1315@ifclear GENERIC
1316@ifset H8/300
1317For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1318Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1319Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1320@end ifset
252b5132 1321@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1322For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1323see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1324@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1325@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1326@end ifset
1327@ifset Z8000
1328For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1329@end ifset
1330@end ifclear
1331
1332@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1333@ignore
1334Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1335the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1336Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1337computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1338once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1339qualification.
1340
a4fb0134 1341@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1342human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1343computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1344@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1345@end ignore
1346
1347@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1348@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1349@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1350@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1351@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1352@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1353@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1354@c directives).
1355
1356@node GNU Assembler
1357@section The GNU Assembler
1358
0285c67d
NC
1359@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1360
a4fb0134 1361@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1362@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1363This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1364configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1365@end ifclear
1366If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1367should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1368architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1369including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1370@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1371
1372@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1373@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1374@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1375@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1376assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1377machine would assemble.
1378@ifset VAX
1379Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1380@end ifset
1381@ifset M680X0
1382@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1383@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1384This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1385assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1386incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1387@end ifset
1388
0285c67d
NC
1389@c man end
1390
a4fb0134 1391Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1392program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1393@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1394
1395@node Object Formats
1396@section Object File Formats
1397
1398@cindex object file format
1399The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1400object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1401write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1402are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1403Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1404@ifclear GENERIC
1405@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1406For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1407@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1408@end ifclear
1409@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1410@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1411On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1412@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1413@end ifset
1414@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1415On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1416SOM or ELF format object files.
1417@end ifset
1418@end ifclear
1419
1420@node Command Line
1421@section Command Line
1422
1423@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1424
a4fb0134 1425After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1426options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1427before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1428significant.
1429
1430@cindex standard input, as input file
1431@kindex --
1432@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1433explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1434
1435@cindex options, command line
1436Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
1437hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 1438@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
1439option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1440the letter is important. All options are optional.
1441
1442Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
1443name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
1444with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
1445standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
1446
1447@smallexample
1448@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
1449@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
1450@end smallexample
1451
1452@node Input Files
1453@section Input Files
1454
1455@cindex input
1456@cindex source program
1457@cindex files, input
1458We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 1459describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
1460be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
1461doesn't change the meaning of the source.
1462
1463@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
1464@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
1465The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
1466order specified.
1467
0285c67d 1468@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 1469Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
1470program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
1471(The standard input is also a file.)
1472
a4fb0134 1473You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
1474names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
1475command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
1476is taken to be an input file name.
1477
a4fb0134
SC
1478If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
1479from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
1480may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
1481to assemble.
1482
1483Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
1484in your command line.
1485
a4fb0134 1486If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
1487file.
1488
0285c67d
NC
1489@c man end
1490
252b5132
RH
1491@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
1492
1493@cindex input file linenumbers
1494@cindex line numbers, in input files
1495There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
1496either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
1497number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
1498``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
1499
1500@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 1501to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1502
1503@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
1504directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
1505error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
1506is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
1507@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
1508@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
1509
1510@node Object
1511@section Output (Object) File
1512
1513@cindex object file
1514@cindex output file
1515@kindex a.out
1516@kindex .o
a4fb0134 1517Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
1518your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
1519is the object file. Its default name is
1520@ifclear BOUT
1521@code{a.out}.
1522@end ifclear
1523@ifset BOUT
1524@ifset GENERIC
1525@code{a.out}, or
1526@end ifset
a4fb0134 1527@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 1528@end ifset
a4fb0134 1529You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
1530object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
1531reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
1532directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
1533possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
1534
1535@cindex linker
1536@kindex ld
1537The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
1538assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
1539the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
1540information for the debugger.
1541
1542@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
1543@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
1544
1545@node Errors
1546@section Error and Warning Messages
1547
0285c67d
NC
1548@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1549
a349d9dd 1550@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
1551@cindex warning messages
1552@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 1553@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 1554file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
1555runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
1556that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
1557grave problem that stops the assembly.
1558
0285c67d
NC
1559@c man end
1560
252b5132
RH
1561@cindex format of warning messages
1562Warning messages have the format
1563
1564@smallexample
1565file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
1566@end smallexample
1567
1568@noindent
1569@cindex line numbers, in warnings/errors
1570(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If a logical file name has been given
1571(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) it is used for the filename, otherwise the name of
1572the current input file is used. If a logical line number was given
1573@ifset GENERIC
1574(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
1575@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1576then it is used to calculate the number printed,
1577otherwise the actual line in the current source file is printed. The
1578message text is intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix
1579tradition).
1580
1581@cindex format of error messages
1582Error messages have the format
1583@smallexample
1584file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
1585@end smallexample
1586The file name and line number are derived as for warning
1587messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
1588because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
1589
1590@node Invoking
1591@chapter Command-Line Options
1592
1593@cindex options, all versions of assembler
1594This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
1595versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
1596for options specific
252b5132 1597@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 1598to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
1599@end ifclear
1600@ifset GENERIC
1601to particular machine architectures.
1602@end ifset
1603
0285c67d
NC
1604@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1605
c1253627 1606If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
1607you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
1608The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
1609by commas. For example:
1610
1611@smallexample
1612gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
1613@end smallexample
1614
1615@noindent
1616This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 1617standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
1618local symbols in the symbol table).
1619
1620Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
1621command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
1622(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
1623precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
1624assembler.)
1625
0285c67d
NC
1626@c man end
1627
252b5132 1628@menu
83f10cb2 1629* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 1630* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
1631* D:: -D for compatibility
1632* f:: -f to work faster
1633* I:: -I for .include search path
1634@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1635* K:: -K for compatibility
1636@end ifclear
1637@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1638* K:: -K for difference tables
1639@end ifset
1640
ba83aca1 1641* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 1642* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
1643* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
1644* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
1645* o:: -o to name the object file
1646* R:: -R to join data and text sections
1647* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
1648* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
1649* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 1650* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
1651* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
1652@end menu
1653
1654@node a
83f10cb2 1655@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
1656
1657@kindex -a
1658@kindex -ac
1659@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 1660@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
1661@kindex -ah
1662@kindex -al
1663@kindex -an
1664@kindex -as
1665@cindex listings, enabling
1666@cindex assembly listings, enabling
1667
1668These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
1669@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
1670You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
1671@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
1672@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
1673@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
1674High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
1675@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
1676also.
1677
83f10cb2
NC
1678Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
1679information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
1680
252b5132
RH
1681Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
1682which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
1683other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
1684omitted from the listing.
1685
1686Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
1687listing.
1688
1689Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
1690listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
1691@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
1692@code{.sbttl}.
1693The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
1694If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
1695listing-control directives have no effect.
1696
1697The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
1698@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
1699
96e9638b
BW
1700Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
1701because it
c3a27914
NC
1702is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
1703is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
1704directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
1705stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
1706memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
1707
caa32fe5
NC
1708@node alternate
1709@section @option{--alternate}
1710
1711@kindex --alternate
1712Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
1713
252b5132 1714@node D
a4fb0134 1715@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
1716
1717@kindex -D
1718This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
1719likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 1720@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1721
1722@node f
a4fb0134 1723@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
1724
1725@kindex -f
1726@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 1727@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
1728@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
1729(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
1730and comment preprocessing on
1731the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
1732,Preprocessing}.
1733
1734@quotation
1735@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 1736preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
1737not work correctly.
1738@end quotation
1739
1740@node I
c1253627 1741@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
1742
1743@kindex -I @var{path}
1744@cindex paths for @code{.include}
1745@cindex search path for @code{.include}
1746@cindex @code{include} directive search path
1747Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
1748@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
1749directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 1750many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 1751working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1752searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
1753specified (left to right) on the command line.
1754
1755@node K
a4fb0134 1756@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
1757
1758@kindex -K
1759@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1760On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
1761permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
1762where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
1763generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
1764family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
1765alteration on other platforms.
1766@end ifclear
1767
1768@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1769@cindex difference tables, warning
1770@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
1771@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
1772form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
1773You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
1774is done.
1775@end ifset
1776
1777@node L
ba83aca1 1778@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
1779
1780@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
1781@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
1782Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
1783@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
1784called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
1785such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
1786programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
1787notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
1788such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
1789
1790This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 1791in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 1792@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 1793
c3a27914 1794@node listing
a4fb0134 1795@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
1796
1797The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
1798@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
1799hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
1800them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
1801directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
1802@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
1803@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
1804@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 1805
a4fb0134 1806@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
1807@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
1808@kindex --listing-lhs-width
1809@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
1810Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
1811dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
1812
1813@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
1814@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
1815@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
1816Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 1817a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
1818the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
1819switch is used the default is to one.
1820
1821@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
1822@kindex --listing-rhs-width
1823@cindex Width of source line output
1824Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
1825alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
1826source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
1827
1828@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
1829@kindex --listing-cont-lines
1830@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
1831Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
1832displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
1833@end table
1834
252b5132 1835@node M
a4fb0134 1836@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
1837
1838@kindex -M
1839@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
1840The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
1841changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
1842compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
1843configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
1844MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
1845information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
1846arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 1847assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1848
1849The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
1850depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
1851file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
1852individually. These are:
1853
1854@itemize @bullet
1855@item global symbols in common section
1856
1857The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 1858Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
1859common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
1860symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
1861symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
1862
1863@item complex relocations
1864
1865The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
1866relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
1867are not support by other object file formats.
1868
1869@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
1870
1871The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
1872This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 1873instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
1874script.
1875
1876@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
1877
1878The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
1879name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
1880
1881@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
1882
1883The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 1884address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
1885which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
1886not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
1887assigned within a linker script.
1888@end itemize
1889
1890There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 1891@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
1892seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
1893
1894@itemize @bullet
1895
1896@item EBCDIC strings
1897
1898EBCDIC strings are not supported.
1899
1900@item packed binary coded decimal
1901
1902Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
1903and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
1904
1905@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
1906
1907The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
1908
1909@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
1910
1911The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
1912
1913@item @code{OPT} branch control options
1914
1915The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 1916@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
1917relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
1918these options serve no purpose.
1919
1920@item @code{OPT} list control options
1921
1922The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
1923@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
1924@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
1925
1926@item other @code{OPT} options
1927
1928The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
1929@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
1930
1931@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
1932
1933The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
1934@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
1935
1936@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
1937
1938The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
1939
1940@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
1941
1942The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
1943
1944@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
1945
1946The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
1947
1948@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
1949
1950The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
1951
1952@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
1953
1954The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
1955
1956@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
1957
1958The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
1959
1960@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
1961
1962The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
1963
1964@end itemize
1965
1966@node MD
c1253627 1967@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
1968
1969@kindex --MD
1970@cindex dependency tracking
1971@cindex make rules
1972
a4fb0134 1973@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
1974file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
1975dependencies of the main source file.
1976
1977The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
1978
1979This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
1980
1981@node o
a4fb0134 1982@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
1983
1984@kindex -o
1985@cindex naming object file
1986@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 1987There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
1988default it has the name
1989@ifset GENERIC
1990@ifset I960
1991@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
1992@end ifset
1993@ifclear I960
1994@file{a.out}.
1995@end ifclear
1996@end ifset
1997@ifclear GENERIC
1998@ifset I960
1999@file{b.out}.
2000@end ifset
2001@ifclear I960
2002@file{a.out}.
2003@end ifclear
2004@end ifclear
2005You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2006object file a different name.
2007
a4fb0134 2008Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2009existing file of the same name.
2010
2011@node R
a4fb0134 2012@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2013
2014@kindex -R
2015@cindex data and text sections, joining
2016@cindex text and data sections, joining
2017@cindex joining text and data sections
2018@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2019@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2020data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2021the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2022section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2023your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2024appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2025
a4fb0134 2026When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2027address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2028data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2029older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2030
c1253627
NC
2031@ifset COFF-ELF
2032When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2033this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2034@samp{.data}.
2035@end ifset
2036
2037@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2038@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2039@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2040@end ifset
2041
2042@node statistics
a4fb0134 2043@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2044
2045@kindex --statistics
2046@cindex statistics, about assembly
2047@cindex time, total for assembly
2048@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2049Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2050@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2051(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2052seconds).
2053
2054@node traditional-format
c1253627 2055@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2056
2057@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2058For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2059from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2060@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2061
2062For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2063@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2064
2065@node v
a4fb0134 2066@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2067
2068@kindex -v
2069@kindex -version
2070@cindex assembler version
2071@cindex version of assembler
2072You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2073option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2074command line.
2075
2076@node W
a4fb0134 2077@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2078
a4fb0134 2079@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2080assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2081cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2082made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2083
c1253627
NC
2084@kindex -W
2085@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2086@cindex suppressing warnings
2087@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2088If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2089This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2090how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2091are still reported.
2092
c1253627 2093@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2094@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2095@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2096If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2097files that generate warnings to be in error.
2098
c1253627 2099@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2100@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2101You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2102causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2103
2104@node Z
a4fb0134 2105@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2106@cindex object file, after errors
2107@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2108After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2109some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2110@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2111option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2112writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2113errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2114
2115@node Syntax
2116@chapter Syntax
2117
2118@cindex machine-independent syntax
2119@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2120This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2121source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2122assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2123@ifclear VAX
2124assembler.
2125@end ifclear
2126@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2127assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2128@end ifset
2129
2130@menu
2131* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
2132* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2133* Comments:: Comments
2134* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2135* Statements:: Statements
2136* Constants:: Constants
2137@end menu
2138
2139@node Preprocessing
2140@section Preprocessing
2141
2142@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2143The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2144@itemize @bullet
2145@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2146@item
2147adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2148the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2149a single space.
2150
2151@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2152@item
2153removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2154appropriate number of newlines.
2155
2156@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2157@item
2158converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2159@end itemize
2160
2161It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2162anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2163do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2164(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2165to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2166@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
252b5132
RH
2167Output, gcc.info, Using GNU CC}.
2168
2169Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2170cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2171preprocessed.
2172
2173@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2174@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2175@kindex #NO_APP
2176@kindex #APP
2177If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2178@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2179Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2180specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2181text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2182@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2183@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2184and whitespace.
2185
2186@node Whitespace
2187@section Whitespace
2188
2189@cindex whitespace
2190@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2191Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2192people to read. Unless within character constants
2193(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2194as exactly one space.
2195
2196@node Comments
2197@section Comments
2198
2199@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2200There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2201cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2202
2203Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2204This means you may not nest these comments.
2205
2206@smallexample
2207/*
2208 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2209 is to use this sort of comment.
2210*/
2211
2212/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2213@end smallexample
2214
2215@cindex line comment character
2216Anything from the @dfn{line comment} character to the next newline
2217is considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is
252b5132
RH
2218@ifset ARC
2219@samp{;} on the ARC;
2220@end ifset
550262c4
NC
2221@ifset ARM
2222@samp{@@} on the ARM;
2223@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2224@ifset H8/300
2225@samp{;} for the H8/300 family;
2226@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2227@ifset HPPA
2228@samp{;} for the HPPA;
2229@end ifset
55b62671
AJ
2230@ifset I80386
2231@samp{#} on the i386 and x86-64;
2232@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2233@ifset I960
2234@samp{#} on the i960;
2235@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
2236@ifset PDP11
2237@samp{;} for the PDP-11;
2238@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
2239@ifset PJ
2240@samp{;} for picoJava;
2241@end ifset
418c1742 2242@ifset PPC
3fb9d77f 2243@samp{#} for Motorola PowerPC;
418c1742 2244@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
2245@ifset S390
2246@samp{#} for IBM S/390;
2247@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
2248@ifset SCORE
2249@samp{#} for the Sunplus SCORE;
2250@end ifset
252b5132 2251@ifset SH
ef230218 2252@samp{!} for the Renesas / SuperH SH;
252b5132
RH
2253@end ifset
2254@ifset SPARC
2255@samp{!} on the SPARC;
2256@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
2257@ifset IP2K
2258@samp{#} on the ip2k;
2259@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
2260@ifset M32C
2261@samp{#} on the m32c;
2262@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2263@ifset M32R
2264@samp{#} on the m32r;
2265@end ifset
2266@ifset M680X0
2267@samp{|} on the 680x0;
2268@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
2269@ifset M68HC11
2270@samp{#} on the 68HC11 and 68HC12;
2271@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2272@ifset VAX
2273@samp{#} on the Vax;
2274@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
2275@ifset Z80
2276@samp{;} for the Z80;
2277@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2278@ifset Z8000
2279@samp{!} for the Z8000;
2280@end ifset
2281@ifset V850
2282@samp{#} on the V850;
2283@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
2284@ifset XTENSA
2285@samp{#} for Xtensa systems;
2286@end ifset
252b5132 2287see @ref{Machine Dependencies}. @refill
81b0b3f1 2288@c FIXME What about i860?
252b5132
RH
2289
2290@ifset GENERIC
2291On some machines there are two different line comment characters. One
2292character only begins a comment if it is the first non-whitespace character on
2293a line, while the other always begins a comment.
2294@end ifset
2295
2296@ifset V850
2297The V850 assembler also supports a double dash as starting a comment that
2298extends to the end of the line.
2299
2300@samp{--};
2301@end ifset
2302
2303@kindex #
2304@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2305@cindex logical line numbers
2306To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2307special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2308expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2309line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2310new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2311
2312If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2313the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2314
2315@smallexample
2316 # This is an ordinary comment.
2317# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2318 # This is logical line # 36.
2319@end smallexample
2320This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2321of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2322
2323@node Symbol Intro
2324@section Symbols
2325
2326@cindex characters used in symbols
2327@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2328A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2329letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2330@samp{_.$}.
2331@end ifclear
2332@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2333@ifclear GENERIC
2334@ifset H8
2335A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2336letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2337@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2338symbol names.)
2339@end ifset
2340@end ifclear
2341@end ifset
2342@ifset GENERIC
2343On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2344are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2345@end ifset
2346No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
2347There is no length limit: all characters are significant. Symbols are
2348delimited by characters not in that set, or by the beginning of a file
2349(since the source program must end with a newline, the end of a file is
2350not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
2351@cindex length of symbols
2352
2353@node Statements
2354@section Statements
2355
2356@cindex statements, structure of
2357@cindex line separator character
2358@cindex statement separator character
2359@ifclear GENERIC
2360@ifclear abnormal-separator
2361A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or at a
2362semicolon (@samp{;}). The newline or semicolon is considered part of
2363the preceding statement. Newlines and semicolons within character
2364constants are an exception: they do not end statements.
2365@end ifclear
2366@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
2367@ifset HPPA
2368A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or an exclamation
2369point (@samp{!}). The newline or exclamation point is considered part of the
2370preceding statement. Newlines and exclamation points within character
2371constants are an exception: they do not end statements.
2372@end ifset
2373@ifset H8
2374A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}); or (for the
7be1c489 2375H8/300) a dollar sign (@samp{$}); or (for the Renesas-SH) a semicolon
252b5132
RH
2376(@samp{;}). The newline or separator character is considered part of
2377the preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character
2378constants are an exception: they do not end statements.
2379@end ifset
2380@end ifset
2381@end ifclear
2382@ifset GENERIC
2383A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or line
96e9638b
BW
2384separator character. (The line separator is usually @samp{;}, unless this
2385conflicts with the comment character; see @ref{Machine Dependencies}.) The
252b5132
RH
2386newline or separator character is considered part of the preceding
2387statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
2388exception: they do not end statements.
2389@end ifset
2390
2391@cindex newline, required at file end
2392@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2393It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2394character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2395
2396An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2397
2398@cindex instructions and directives
2399@cindex directives and instructions
2400@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2401@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2402@c 13feb91.
2403A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2404key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2405symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2406symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2407directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2408a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2409assembles into a machine language instruction.
2410@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2411Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2412recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2413represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2414language.@refill
2415@end ifset
2416
2417@cindex @code{:} (label)
2418@cindex label (@code{:})
2419A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2420Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2421have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2422
2423@ifset HPPA
2424For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
2425the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2426only one label may be defined on each line.
2427@end ifset
2428
2429@smallexample
2430label: .directive followed by something
2431another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2432 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2433@end smallexample
2434
2435@node Constants
2436@section Constants
2437
2438@cindex constants
2439A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2440inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2441@smallexample
2442@group
2443.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2444.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2445.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2446.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
244795028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2448@end group
2449@end smallexample
2450
2451@menu
2452* Characters:: Character Constants
2453* Numbers:: Number Constants
2454@end menu
2455
2456@node Characters
2457@subsection Character Constants
2458
2459@cindex character constants
2460@cindex constants, character
2461There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2462for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2463numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2464@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2465used in arithmetic expressions.
2466
2467@menu
2468* Strings:: Strings
2469* Chars:: Characters
2470@end menu
2471
2472@node Strings
2473@subsubsection Strings
2474
2475@cindex string constants
2476@cindex constants, string
2477A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2478double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2479into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2480a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2481one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2482@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2483(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2484escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2485
2486@cindex escape codes, character
2487@cindex character escape codes
2488@table @kbd
2489@c @item \a
2490@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2491@c
2492@cindex @code{\b} (backspace character)
2493@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2494@item \b
2495Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2496
2497@c @item \e
2498@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2499@c
2500@cindex @code{\f} (formfeed character)
2501@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
2502@item \f
2503Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2504
2505@cindex @code{\n} (newline character)
2506@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2507@item \n
2508Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2509
2510@c @item \p
2511@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2512@c
2513@cindex @code{\r} (carriage return character)
2514@cindex carriage return (@code{\r})
2515@item \r
2516Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2517
2518@c @item \s
2519@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
2520@c other assemblers.
2521@c
2522@cindex @code{\t} (tab)
2523@cindex tab (@code{\t})
2524@item \t
2525Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
2526
2527@c @item \v
2528@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
2529@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2530@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
2531@c
2532@cindex @code{\@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
2533@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
2534@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2535An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
2536For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
2537for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
2538
2539@cindex @code{\@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
2540@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
2541@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
2542A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
2543lower case @code{x} works.
2544
2545@cindex @code{\\} (@samp{\} character)
2546@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
2547@item \\
2548Represents one @samp{\} character.
2549
2550@c @item \'
2551@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
2552@c This is needed in single character literals
2553@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
2554@c a @samp{'}.
2555@c
2556@cindex @code{\"} (doublequote character)
2557@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
2558@item \"
2559Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
2560this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
2561
2562@item \ @var{anything-else}
2563Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
2564assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
2565you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
2566interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
2567other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
2568code and warns you of the fact.
2569@end table
2570
2571Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
2572varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
2573the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
2574compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
2575sequence.
2576
2577@node Chars
2578@subsubsection Characters
2579
2580@cindex single character constant
2581@cindex character, single
2582@cindex constant, single character
2583A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
2584followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
2585to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
2586must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
2587@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
2588grave accent. A newline
2589@ifclear GENERIC
2590@ifclear abnormal-separator
2591(or semicolon @samp{;})
2592@end ifclear
2593@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
2594@ifset H8
2595(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 2596Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
2597@end ifset
2598@end ifset
2599@end ifclear
2600immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
2601and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
2602constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 2603that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
2604@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
2605
2606@node Numbers
2607@subsection Number Constants
2608
2609@cindex constants, number
2610@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 2611@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
2612are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
2613would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
2614integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
2615are floating point numbers, described below.
2616
2617@menu
2618* Integers:: Integers
2619* Bignums:: Bignums
2620* Flonums:: Flonums
2621@ifclear GENERIC
2622@ifset I960
2623* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
2624@end ifset
2625@end ifclear
2626@end menu
2627
2628@node Integers
2629@subsubsection Integers
2630@cindex integers
2631@cindex constants, integer
2632
2633@cindex binary integers
2634@cindex integers, binary
2635A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
2636the binary digits @samp{01}.
2637
2638@cindex octal integers
2639@cindex integers, octal
2640An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
2641digits (@samp{01234567}).
2642
2643@cindex decimal integers
2644@cindex integers, decimal
2645A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
2646more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
2647
2648@cindex hexadecimal integers
2649@cindex integers, hexadecimal
2650A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
2651more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
2652
2653Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
2654the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
2655(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
2656
2657@node Bignums
2658@subsubsection Bignums
2659
2660@cindex bignums
2661@cindex constants, bignum
2662A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
2663except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
2664represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
2665integers are permitted while bignums are not.
2666
2667@node Flonums
2668@subsubsection Flonums
2669@cindex flonums
2670@cindex floating point numbers
2671@cindex constants, floating point
2672
2673@cindex precision, floating point
2674A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
2675indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 2676@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
2677sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
2678to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 2679portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
2680
2681A flonum is written by writing (in order)
2682@itemize @bullet
2683@item
2684The digit @samp{0}.
2685@ifset HPPA
2686(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
2687@end ifset
2688
2689@item
a4fb0134 2690A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
2691@ifset GENERIC
2692@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
2693@ignore
2694@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
2695(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
26964.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
2697@end ignore
2698
7be1c489 2699On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
2700and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
2701one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2702
2703On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
2704(in upper or lower case).
2705
2706On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
2707one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2708
2709On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
2710@end ifset
2711@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
2712@ifset ARC
2713One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
2714@end ifset
2715@ifset H8
2716One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2717@end ifset
2718@ifset HPPA
2719The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
2720@end ifset
2721@ifset I960
2722One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2723@end ifset
2724@end ifclear
2725
2726@item
2727An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2728
2729@item
2730An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
2731
2732@item
2733An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
2734or more decimal digits.
2735
2736@item
2737An optional exponent, consisting of:
2738
2739@itemize @bullet
2740@item
2741An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
2742@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
2743@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
2744@item
2745Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2746@item
2747One or more decimal digits.
2748@end itemize
2749
2750@end itemize
2751
2752At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
2753present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
2754
a4fb0134 2755@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 2756independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 2757@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2758
2759@ifclear GENERIC
2760@ifset I960
2761@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
2762@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
2763@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
2764@node Bit Fields
2765@subsubsection Bit Fields
2766
2767@cindex bit fields
2768@cindex constants, bit field
2769You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 2770Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
2771@example
2772@var{mask}:@var{value}
2773@end example
2774@noindent
a4fb0134 2775@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
2776@var{value}.
2777
2778The resulting number is then packed
2779@ifset GENERIC
2780@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
2781(in host-dependent byte order)
2782@end ifset
2783into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
2784bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
2785requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
2786more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
2787least significant digits.@refill
2788
2789The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
2790@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
2791@end ifset
2792@end ifclear
2793
2794@node Sections
2795@chapter Sections and Relocation
2796@cindex sections
2797@cindex relocation
2798
2799@menu
2800* Secs Background:: Background
2801* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
2802* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
2803* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
2804* bss:: bss Section
2805@end menu
2806
2807@node Secs Background
2808@section Background
2809
2810Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
2811``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
2812For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
2813
2814@cindex linker, and assembler
2815@cindex assembler, and linker
2816The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 2817combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2818emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
2819@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
2820different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 2821oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
2822sections.
2823
2824@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
2825addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
2826units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
2827within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
2828run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
2829the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
2830the proper run-time addresses.
2831@ifset H8
7be1c489 2832For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 2833@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
2834ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
2835@end ifset
2836
2837@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 2838An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
2839of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
2840@dfn{bss} sections.
2841
c1253627 2842@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 2843@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 2844When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 2845@end ifset
a4fb0134 2846@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
2847using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
2848If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
2849or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
2850@end ifset
2851
2852@ifset HPPA
2853@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2854When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 2855@end ifset
a4fb0134 2856@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
2857specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
2858@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
2859(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
2860assembler directives.
2861
2862@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 2863Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
2864text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
2865is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
2866BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
2867@end ifset
2868@end ifset
2869
2870Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
2871data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
2872
2873@ifset HPPA
2874When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
2875section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
2876@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
2877@end ifset
2878
2879To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 2880relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
2881object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
2882@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
2883file is mentioned:
2884@itemize @bullet
2885@item
2886Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
2887an address?
2888@item
2889How long (in bytes) is this reference?
2890@item
2891Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
2892@display
2893(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
2894@end display
2895@item
2896Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
2897@end itemize
2898
2899@cindex addresses, format of
2900@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 2901In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
2902@display
2903(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
2904@end display
2905@noindent
a4fb0134 2906Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
2907nature.
2908@ifset SOM
2909(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
2910symbol-relative instead.)
2911@end ifset
2912
2913In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
2914@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
2915
2916Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
2917@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
2918addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
2919@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
2920@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
2921data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
2922their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
2923part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
2924address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
2925
2926The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
2927address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
2928rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
2929Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
2930address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
2931common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
2932time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
2933
2934By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
2935the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
2936sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
2937customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
2938the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
2939data and bss sections.
2940
2941Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 2942use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
2943
2944@node Ld Sections
2945@section Linker Sections
2946@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
2947
2948@table @strong
2949
c1253627 2950@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
2951@cindex named sections
2952@cindex sections, named
2953@item named sections
2954@end ifset
2955@ifset aout-bout
2956@cindex text section
2957@cindex data section
2958@itemx text section
2959@itemx data section
2960@end ifset
a4fb0134 2961These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 2962separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
2963true of another.
2964@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
2965When the program is running, however, it is
2966customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
2967text section is often shared among processes: it contains
2968instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
2969program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
2970in the data section.
c1253627 2971@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
2972
2973@cindex bss section
2974@item bss section
2975This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 2976is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
2977each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
2978out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
2979bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
2980those explicit zeros from object files.
2981
2982@cindex absolute section
2983@item absolute section
2984Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
2985This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
2986not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
2987addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
2988
2989@cindex undefined section
2990@item undefined section
2991This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
2992the preceding sections.
2993@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
2994@end table
2995
2996@cindex relocation example
2997An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 2998@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
2999The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3000@end ifset
3001Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3002
3003@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3004@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3005@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3006@smallexample
3007 +-----+----+--+
3008partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3009 +-----+----+--+
3010
3011 text data bss
3012 seg. seg. seg.
3013
3014 +---+---+---+
3015partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3016 +---+---+---+
3017
3018 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3019linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3020 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3021
3022 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3023@end smallexample
3024@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3025@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3026@need 5000
3027@tex
c1253627 3028\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3029\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3030\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3031\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3032
3033\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3034\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3035\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3036
3037\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3038\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3039\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3040ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3041DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3042
3043\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3044\line{0\dots\hfil}
3045
3046@end tex
3047@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3048
3049@node As Sections
3050@section Assembler Internal Sections
3051
3052@cindex internal assembler sections
3053@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3054These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3055have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3056sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3057warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3058meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3059value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3060section-relative address.
3061
3062@table @b
3063@cindex assembler internal logic error
3064@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3065An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3066bug in the assembler.
3067
3068@cindex expr (internal section)
3069@item expr section
3070The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3071symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3072it in the expr section.
3073@c FIXME item debug
3074@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3075@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3076@c FIXME item register
3077@end table
3078
3079@node Sub-Sections
3080@section Sub-Sections
3081
3082@cindex numbered subsections
3083@cindex grouping data
3084@ifset aout-bout
3085Assembled bytes
c1253627 3086@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3087conventionally
3088@end ifset
3089fall into two sections: text and data.
3090@end ifset
3091You may have separate groups of
3092@ifset GENERIC
3093data in named sections
3094@end ifset
3095@ifclear GENERIC
3096@ifclear aout-bout
3097data in named sections
3098@end ifclear
3099@ifset aout-bout
3100text or data
3101@end ifset
3102@end ifclear
3103that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3104are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3105use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3106numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3107same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3108subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3109section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3110assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3111section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3112constants being output.
3113
3114Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3115goes in subsection number zero.
3116
3117@ifset GENERIC
3118Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3119(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3120of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3121@end ifset
3122@ifclear GENERIC
3123@ifset H8
7be1c489 3124On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3125boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3126The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3127@end ifset
3128@ifset I960
3129@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3130@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3131@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3132@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3133@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3134@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3135@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3136@end ifclear
3137
3138Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3139to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3140The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3141other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3142They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3143data subsections as a data section.
3144
3145To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3146into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3147@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3148@ifset COFF
252b5132 3149@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3150When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3151@end ifset
3152@ifclear GENERIC
3153You
3154@end ifclear
3155can also use an extra subsection
3156argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3157@var{expression}}.
3158@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3159@ifset ELF
3160@ifset GENERIC
3161When generating ELF output, you
3162@end ifset
3163@ifclear GENERIC
3164You
3165@end ifclear
3166can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3167to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3168@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3169@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3170(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3171is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3172begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3173@smallexample
3174.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3175.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3176.text 1
3177.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3178.data 0
3179.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3180.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3181.text 0
3182.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3183.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3184@end smallexample
3185
3186Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3187assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3188restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3189counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3190@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3191current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3192assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3193
3194@node bss
3195@section bss Section
3196
3197@cindex bss section
3198@cindex common variable storage
3199The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3200You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3201not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3202your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3203section are zeroed bytes.
3204
3205The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3206@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3207
3208The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3209another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3210
3211@ifset GENERIC
3212When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3213COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3214see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3215section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3216@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3217@end ifset
3218
3219@node Symbols
3220@chapter Symbols
3221
3222@cindex symbols
3223Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3224things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3225to debug.
3226
3227@quotation
3228@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3229@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3230the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3231@end quotation
3232
3233@menu
3234* Labels:: Labels
3235* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3236* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3237* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3238* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3239@end menu
3240
3241@node Labels
3242@section Labels
3243
3244@cindex labels
3245A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3246@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3247active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3248operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3249different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3250definitions.
3251
3252@ifset HPPA
3253On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3254colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3255a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3256provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3257@end ifset
3258
3259@node Setting Symbols
3260@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3261
3262@cindex assigning values to symbols
3263@cindex symbol values, assigning
3264A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3265by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3266(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3267directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3268equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3269@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132
RH
3270
3271@node Symbol Names
3272@section Symbol Names
3273
3274@cindex symbol names
3275@cindex names, symbol
3276@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3277Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3278machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3279noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3280string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3281particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3282@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3283@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3284@ifset H8
3285Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3286Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3287character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3288on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3289@end ifset
3290@end ifset
3291
3292Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3293than @code{Foo}.
3294
3295Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3296refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3297in a program.
3298
3299@subheading Local Symbol Names
3300
3301@cindex local symbol names
3302@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3303A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3304By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3305@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3306set of local label prefixes.
3307@ifset HPPA
3308On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3309@end ifset
3310
3311Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3312normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
3313You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols:
3314@option{-L}}) to retain the local symbols in the object files.
3315
3316@subheading Local Labels
3317
3318@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3319@cindex temporary symbol names
3320@cindex symbol names, temporary
ba83aca1 3321Local labels help compilers and programmers use names temporarily.
2d5aaba0
NC
3322They create symbols which are guaranteed to be unique over the entire scope of
3323the input source code and which can be referred to by a simple notation.
ba83aca1 3324To define a local label, write a label of the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N}
2d5aaba0 3325represents any positive integer). To refer to the most recent previous
ba83aca1 3326definition of that label write @samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when
2d5aaba0 3327you defined the label. To refer to the next definition of a local label, write
96e9638b 3328@samp{@b{N}f}---the @samp{b} stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands
2d5aaba0
NC
3329for ``forwards''.
3330
3331There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3332too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3333the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3334defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3335definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3336noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3337implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3338
3339Here is an example:
3340
3341@smallexample
33421: branch 1f
33432: branch 1b
33441: branch 2f
33452: branch 1b
3346@end smallexample
3347
3348Which is the equivalent of:
3349
3350@smallexample
3351label_1: branch label_3
3352label_2: branch label_1
3353label_3: branch label_4
3354label_4: branch label_3
3355@end smallexample
3356
ba83aca1 3357Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3358transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3359The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3360are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3361these parts:
252b5132
RH
3362
3363@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3364@item @emph{local label prefix}
3365All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3366Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3367that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3368used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3369@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3370object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3371you may use them in debugging.
3372
2d5aaba0
NC
3373@item @var{number}
3374This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
3375label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3376
2d5aaba0
NC
3377@item @kbd{C-B}
3378This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3379of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3380
3381@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0
NC
3382This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
3383@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
3384number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3385the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3386@end table
3387
ba83aca1
BW
3388So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3389the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3390
3391@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3392@cindex dollar local symbols
3393
3394@code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of local labels called
96e9638b
BW
3395dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they become undefined) as
3396soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain valid for only a small
2d5aaba0
NC
3397region of the input source code. Normal local labels, by contrast, remain in
3398scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined by another occurrence of
3399the same local label.
3400
3401Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3402except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3403@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3404
3405They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3406names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3407to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3408@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3409
3410@node Dot
3411@section The Special Dot Symbol
3412
3413@cindex dot (symbol)
3414@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3415@cindex current address
3416@cindex location counter
3417The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3418@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3419.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3420Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3421directive.
252b5132 3422@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3423Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3424@samp{.space 4}.
3425@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3426
3427@node Symbol Attributes
3428@section Symbol Attributes
3429
3430@cindex symbol attributes
3431@cindex attributes, symbol
3432Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3433``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3434attributes.
3435@ifset INTERNALS
3436The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3437@end ifset
3438
a4fb0134 3439If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3440all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3441symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3442would want.
3443
3444@menu
3445* Symbol Value:: Value
3446* Symbol Type:: Type
3447@ifset aout-bout
3448@ifset GENERIC
3449* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3450@end ifset
3451@ifclear GENERIC
3452@ifclear BOUT
3453* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3454@end ifclear
3455@ifset BOUT
3456* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3457@end ifset
3458@end ifclear
3459@end ifset
3460@ifset COFF
3461* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3462@end ifset
3463@ifset SOM
3464* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3465@end ifset
3466@end menu
3467
3468@node Symbol Value
3469@subsection Value
3470
3471@cindex value of a symbol
3472@cindex symbol value
3473The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3474location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3475number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3476Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3477as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3478symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3479called absolute.
3480
3481The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
34820 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3483@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3484same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3485name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3486common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3487bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3488allocated storage.
3489
3490@node Symbol Type
3491@subsection Type
3492
3493@cindex type of a symbol
3494@cindex symbol type
3495The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3496information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3497(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3498format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3499
3500@ifset aout-bout
3501@ifclear GENERIC
3502@ifset BOUT
3503@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
3504@c better if it were available outside examples.
3505@need 1000
3506@node a.out Symbols
3507@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3508
3509@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
3510@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 3511These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
3512one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
3513@code{b.out}.
3514
3515@end ifset
3516@ifclear BOUT
3517@node a.out Symbols
3518@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3519
3520@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3521@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3522
3523@end ifclear
3524@end ifclear
3525@ifset GENERIC
3526@node a.out Symbols
3527@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3528
3529@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3530@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3531
3532@end ifset
3533@menu
3534* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
3535* Symbol Other:: Other
3536@end menu
3537
3538@node Symbol Desc
3539@subsubsection Descriptor
3540
3541@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
3542This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
3543descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
3544(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 3545@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3546
3547@node Symbol Other
3548@subsubsection Other
3549
3550@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 3551This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3552@end ifset
3553
3554@ifset COFF
3555@node COFF Symbols
3556@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
3557
3558@cindex COFF symbol attributes
3559@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
3560
3561The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
3562like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
3563@code{.endef} directives.
3564
3565@subsubsection Primary Attributes
3566
3567@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
3568The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
3569respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
3570
3571@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
3572
3573@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 3574The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
3575@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
3576table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
3577@end ifset
3578
3579@ifset SOM
3580@node SOM Symbols
3581@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
3582
3583@cindex SOM symbol attributes
3584@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
3585
3586The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
3587the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
3588
3589The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
3590Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
3591@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
3592@end ifset
3593
3594@node Expressions
3595@chapter Expressions
3596
3597@cindex expressions
3598@cindex addresses
3599@cindex numeric values
3600An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
3601Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
3602
3603The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
3604a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 3605enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
3606section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
3607the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 3608@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
3609
3610@menu
3611* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
3612* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
3613@end menu
3614
3615@node Empty Exprs
3616@section Empty Expressions
3617
3618@cindex empty expressions
3619@cindex expressions, empty
3620An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
3621Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 3622expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
3623is compatible with other assemblers.
3624
3625@node Integer Exprs
3626@section Integer Expressions
3627
3628@cindex integer expressions
3629@cindex expressions, integer
3630An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
3631by @emph{operators}.
3632
3633@menu
3634* Arguments:: Arguments
3635* Operators:: Operators
3636* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
3637* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
3638@end menu
3639
3640@node Arguments
3641@subsection Arguments
3642
3643@cindex expression arguments
3644@cindex arguments in expressions
3645@cindex operands in expressions
3646@cindex arithmetic operands
3647@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
3648contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
3649this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
3650the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
3651expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
3652instruction operands.
3653
3654Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
3655@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
3656or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
3657integer.
3658
3659Numbers are usually integers.
3660
3661A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 3662that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
3663these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
3664instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
3665assemblers.
3666
3667@cindex subexpressions
3668Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
3669expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
3670operator followed by an argument.
3671
3672@node Operators
3673@subsection Operators
3674
3675@cindex operators, in expressions
3676@cindex arithmetic functions
3677@cindex functions, in expressions
3678@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
3679operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
3680between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
3681whitespace.
3682
3683@node Prefix Ops
3684@subsection Prefix Operator
3685
3686@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 3687@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
3688one argument, which must be absolute.
3689
3690@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
3691@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
3692@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
3693@tex
3694\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
3695@end tex
3696
3697@table @code
3698@item -
3699@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
3700@item ~
3701@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
3702@end table
3703
3704@tex
3705\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
3706@end tex
3707
3708@node Infix Ops
3709@subsection Infix Operators
3710
3711@cindex infix operators
3712@cindex operators, permitted arguments
3713@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
3714have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 3715to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
3716absolute, and the result is absolute.
3717
3718@enumerate
3719@cindex operator precedence
3720@cindex precedence of operators
3721
3722@item
3723Highest Precedence
3724
3725@table @code
3726@item *
3727@dfn{Multiplication}.
3728
3729@item /
3730@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
3731
3732@item %
3733@dfn{Remainder}.
3734
d1eac9d9 3735@item <<
252b5132
RH
3736@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
3737
d1eac9d9 3738@item >>
252b5132
RH
3739@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
3740@end table
3741
3742@item
3743Intermediate precedence
3744
3745@table @code
3746@item |
3747
3748@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
3749
3750@item &
3751@dfn{Bitwise And}.
3752
3753@item ^
3754@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
3755
3756@item !
3757@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
3758@end table
3759
3760@item
b131d4dc 3761Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
3762
3763@table @code
3764@cindex addition, permitted arguments
3765@cindex plus, permitted arguments
3766@cindex arguments for addition
3767@item +
3768@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
3769the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
3770sections.
3771
3772@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
3773@cindex minus, permitted arguments
3774@cindex arguments for subtraction
3775@item -
3776@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
3777result has the section of the left argument.
3778If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
3779You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
3780@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
3781
3782@cindex comparison expressions
3783@cindex expressions, comparison
3784@item ==
3785@dfn{Is Equal To}
3786@item <>
723a8472 3787@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
3788@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
3789@item <
3790@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 3791@item >
b131d4dc 3792@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 3793@item >=
b131d4dc 3794@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 3795@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
3796@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
3797
3798The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
3799value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
3800perform signed comparisons.
3801@end table
3802
3803@item Lowest Precedence
3804
3805@table @code
3806@item &&
3807@dfn{Logical And}.
3808
3809@item ||
3810@dfn{Logical Or}.
3811
3812These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
3813expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
3814value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
3815or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
3816
252b5132
RH
3817@end table
3818@end enumerate
3819
3820In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
3821address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
3822
3823@node Pseudo Ops
3824@chapter Assembler Directives
3825
3826@cindex directives, machine independent
3827@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
3828@cindex machine independent directives
3829All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
3830The rest of the name is letters, usually in lower case.
3831
3832This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
3833target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
3834@ifset GENERIC
3835Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
3836@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
3837@end ifset
3838@ifclear GENERIC
3839@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 3840@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
3841@end ifset
3842@end ifclear
3843
3844@menu
3845* Abort:: @code{.abort}
3846@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 3847* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 3848@end ifset
f0dc282c 3849
252b5132 3850* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 3851* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
3852* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
3853* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
3854* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
3855* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 3856* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 3857* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
3858* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
3859@ifset COFF
3860* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
3861@end ifset
3862@ifset aout-bout
3863* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
3864@end ifset
3865@ifset COFF
3866* Dim:: @code{.dim}
3867@end ifset
f0dc282c 3868
252b5132
RH
3869* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
3870* Eject:: @code{.eject}
3871* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 3872* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
3873* End:: @code{.end}
3874@ifset COFF
3875* Endef:: @code{.endef}
3876@end ifset
f0dc282c 3877
252b5132
RH
3878* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
3879* Endif:: @code{.endif}
3880* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
3881* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 3882* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 3883* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 3884* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
3885* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
3886* Extern:: @code{.extern}
3887* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 3888* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
3889* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
3890* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
3891* Func:: @code{.func}
3892* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 3893@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 3894* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
3895* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
3896@end ifset
f0dc282c 3897
252b5132
RH
3898* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
3899* Ident:: @code{.ident}
3900* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 3901* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
3902* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
3903* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
3904@ifset ELF
3905* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
3906@end ifset
f0dc282c 3907
252b5132
RH
3908* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
3909* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
3910* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
3911* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
3912@ifclear no-line-dir
3913* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
3914@end ifclear
f0dc282c 3915
252b5132
RH
3916* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
3917* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 3918* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
3919* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
3920* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
3921@ifset ELF
3922* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
3923@end ifset
bd0eb99b 3924
252b5132
RH
3925* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
3926@ignore
3927* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
3928@end ignore
f0dc282c 3929
252b5132
RH
3930* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
3931* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 3932* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
3933* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
3934* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
85234291
L
3935* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
3936* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
3937@ifset ELF
3938* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
3939* Previous:: @code{.previous}
3940@end ifset
f0dc282c 3941
252b5132 3942* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
3943@ifset ELF
3944* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
3945@end ifset
f0dc282c 3946
252b5132
RH
3947* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
3948* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
3949@ifset ELF
3950* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
3951@end ifset
f0dc282c 3952
252b5132 3953* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 3954* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
3955* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
3956* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
3957@ifset COFF
3958* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
3959@end ifset
3960@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 3961* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 3962@end ifset
f0dc282c 3963
252b5132
RH
3964* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
3965* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
3966* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 3967@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 3968* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 3969@end ifset
884f0d36 3970@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 3971* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
3972@end ifclear
3973
252b5132 3974* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 3975@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 3976* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 3977@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3978@ifset have-stabs
3979* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
3980@end ifset
f0dc282c 3981
38a57ae7 3982* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
3983* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
3984@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 3985* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
3986* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
3987@end ifset
f0dc282c 3988
252b5132
RH
3989@ifset COFF
3990* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
3991@end ifset
f0dc282c 3992
252b5132
RH
3993* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
3994* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 3995@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 3996* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
3997@end ifset
3998
c91d2e08 3999* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4000@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4001* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4002@end ifset
f0dc282c 4003
2e13b764 4004@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4005* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4006* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4007* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4008@end ifset
f0dc282c 4009
d190d046 4010* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4011* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4012* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132
RH
4013* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
4014* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4015@end menu
4016
4017@node Abort
4018@section @code{.abort}
4019
4020@cindex @code{abort} directive
4021@cindex stopping the assembly
4022This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4023compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4024assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4025of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4026quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4027
4028@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4029@node ABORT (COFF)
4030@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4031
4032@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4033When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4034synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4035
4036@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 4037When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
4038but ignores it.
4039@end ifset
4040@end ifset
4041
4042@node Align
4043@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4044
4045@cindex padding the location counter
4046@cindex @code{align} directive
4047Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4048boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4049required, as described below.
4050
4051The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4052padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4053padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4054marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4055with no-op instructions.
4056
4057The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4058it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4059directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4060specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4061fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4062required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4063with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4064
4065The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
7be1c489 4066For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or32,
60946ad0 4067s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4068alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4069the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4070is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4071first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4072
9e9a9798 4073For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4074strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4075number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4076advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4077counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4078multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4079
4080This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4081native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4082GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4083described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4084architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4085
ccf8a69b
BW
4086@node Altmacro
4087@section @code{.altmacro}
4088Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4089
4090@ftable @code
4091@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4092One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4093generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4094replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4095replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4096separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4097define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4098
4099@item String delimiters
4100You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4101@code{"@var{string}"}:
4102
4103@table @code
4104@item '@var{string}'
4105You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4106
4107@item <@var{string}>
4108You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4109@end table
4110
4111@item single-character string escape
4112To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4113character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4114character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4115write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4116
4117@item Expression results as strings
4118You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
4119and use the result as a string.
4120@end ftable
4121
252b5132
RH
4122@node Ascii
4123@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4124
4125@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4126@cindex string literals
4127@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4128separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4129trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4130
4131@node Asciz
4132@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4133
4134@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4135@cindex zero-terminated strings
4136@cindex null-terminated strings
4137@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4138a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4139
4140@node Balign
4141@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4142
4143@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4144@cindex @code{balign} directive
4145Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4146storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4147alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4148the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4149is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4150
4151The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4152padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4153padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4154marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4155with no-op instructions.
4156
4157The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4158it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4159directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4160specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4161fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4162required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4163with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4164
4165@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4166@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4167The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4168@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4169pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4170fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
41714,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4172filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4173the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4174undefined.
4175
4176@node Byte
4177@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4178
4179@cindex @code{byte} directive
4180@cindex integers, one byte
4181@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4182Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4183
54cfded0 4184@node CFI directives
4b7d318b 4185@section @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4186@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4187@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4188should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4189data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4190@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4191
4b7d318b
L
4192Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4193it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
4194
54cfded0
AM
4195@section @code{.cfi_endproc}
4196@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4197@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4198unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4199@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4200
9b8ae42e
JJ
4201@section @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4202@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4203@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4204should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4205argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4206a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4207the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4208can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4209The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4210no personality routine.
4211
4212@section @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4213@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4214@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
4215should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4216argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be a constant
4217or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
4218no LSDA.
4219
54cfded0
AM
4220@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4221@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
4222address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4223
4224@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
4225@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4226now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4227remains the same.
4228
4229@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4230@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4231remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4232absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4233CFA address.
4234
4235@section @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4236Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
4237value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
4238
4239@section @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4240Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4241CFA.
4242
17076204
RH
4243@section @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4244Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4245the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4246using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4247This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4248code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4249
4b7d318b
L
4250@section @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4251Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4252
4253@section @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
4254@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4255same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4256instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4257
4258@section @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4259From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4260
4261@section @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
4262Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4263i.e. no restoration needed.
4264
4265@section @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4266First save all current rules for all registers by @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4267then totally screw them up by subsequent @code{.cfi_*} directives and when
4268everything is hopelessly bad, use @code{.cfi_restore_state} to restore
4269the previous saved state.
4270
4271@section @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
4272Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4273directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4274
63752a75
JJ
4275@section @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
4276Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4277
6749011b 4278@section @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4279SPARC register window has been saved.
4280
cdfbf930
RH
4281@section @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
4282Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4283might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4284opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4285
f1c4cc75
RH
4286@section @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
4287The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4288will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4289description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4290
4291The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4292limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4293mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4294by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4295or another register.
4296
ccf8a69b
BW
4297@node Comm
4298@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4299
ccf8a69b
BW
4300@cindex @code{comm} directive
4301@cindex symbol, common
4302@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4303common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4304of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4305definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4306allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4307absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4308the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4309using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4310
ccf8a69b
BW
4311@ifset ELF
4312When using ELF, the @code{.comm} directive takes an optional third argument.
4313This is the desired alignment of the symbol, specified as a byte boundary (for
4314example, an alignment of 16 means that the least significant 4 bits of the
4315address should be zero). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it
4316must be a power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory
4317for the common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If
4318no alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
4319largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
4320maximum of 16.
4321@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4322
ccf8a69b
BW
4323@ifset HPPA
4324The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4325@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4326@end ifset
07a53e5c 4327
252b5132
RH
4328@node Data
4329@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4330
4331@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 4332@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4333end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4334absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4335to zero.
4336
4337@ifset COFF
4338@node Def
4339@section @code{.def @var{name}}
4340
4341@cindex @code{def} directive
4342@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
4343@cindex debugging COFF symbols
4344Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
4345definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
4346@ifset BOUT
4347
a4fb0134 4348This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
4349format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
4350but ignored.
4351@end ifset
4352@end ifset
4353
4354@ifset aout-bout
4355@node Desc
4356@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4357
4358@cindex @code{desc} directive
4359@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
4360@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
4361This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
4362to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
4363
4364@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 4365The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 4366configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4367object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
4368it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
4369@end ifset
4370@end ifset
4371
4372@ifset COFF
4373@node Dim
4374@section @code{.dim}
4375
4376@cindex @code{dim} directive
4377@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
4378@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
4379This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
4380information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
4381@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
4382@ifset BOUT
4383
4384@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 4385@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
4386ignores it.
4387@end ifset
4388@end ifset
4389
4390@node Double
4391@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4392
4393@cindex @code{double} directive
4394@cindex floating point numbers (double)
4395@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4396assembles floating point numbers.
4397@ifset GENERIC
4398The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4399@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
4400@end ifset
4401@ifclear GENERIC
4402@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4403On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
4404in @sc{ieee} format.
4405@end ifset
4406@end ifclear
4407
4408@node Eject
4409@section @code{.eject}
4410
4411@cindex @code{eject} directive
4412@cindex new page, in listings
4413@cindex page, in listings
4414@cindex listing control: new page
4415Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
4416
4417@node Else
4418@section @code{.else}
4419
4420@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 4421@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4422assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
4423of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
4424was false.
4425
3fd9f047
TW
4426@node Elseif
4427@section @code{.elseif}
4428
4429@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 4430@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4431assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
4432@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
4433
252b5132
RH
4434@node End
4435@section @code{.end}
4436
4437@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 4438@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
4439process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
4440
4441@ifset COFF
4442@node Endef
4443@section @code{.endef}
4444
4445@cindex @code{endef} directive
4446This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
4447@code{.def}.
4448@ifset BOUT
4449
4450@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 4451@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
4452directive but ignores it.
4453@end ifset
4454@end ifset
4455
4456@node Endfunc
4457@section @code{.endfunc}
4458@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
4459@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
4460
4461@node Endif
4462@section @code{.endif}
4463
4464@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 4465@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
4466it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
4467conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
4468
4469@node Equ
4470@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4471
4472@cindex @code{equ} directive
4473@cindex assigning values to symbols
4474@cindex symbols, assigning values to
4475This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 4476It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
4477
4478@ifset HPPA
4479The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
4480@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
4481@end ifset
4482
3c9b82ba
NC
4483@ifset Z80
4484The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
4485@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
4486On the Z80 it is an eror if @var{symbol} is already defined,
96e9638b
BW
4487but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
4488Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
4489@end ifset
4490
252b5132
RH
4491@node Equiv
4492@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4493@cindex @code{equiv} directive
4494The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
4495the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
4496symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
4497undefined.
252b5132
RH
4498
4499Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
4500@smallexample
4501.ifdef SYM
4502.err
4503.endif
4504.equ SYM,VAL
4505@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
4506plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
4507
4508@node Eqv
4509@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4510@cindex @code{eqv} directive
4511The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
4512evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
4513the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
4514value is taken.
252b5132
RH
4515
4516@node Err
4517@section @code{.err}
4518@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
4519If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
4520message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 4521object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 4522
d190d046
HPN
4523@node Error
4524@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
4525@cindex error directive
4526
4527Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
4528string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
4529message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
4530@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
4531
4532@smallexample
4533 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
4534@end smallexample
4535
252b5132
RH
4536@node Exitm
4537@section @code{.exitm}
4538Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
4539
4540@node Extern
4541@section @code{.extern}
4542
4543@cindex @code{extern} directive
4544@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 4545with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
4546all undefined symbols as external.
4547
4548@node Fail
4549@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
4550
4551@cindex @code{fail} directive
4552Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
4553or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
4554than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
4555include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
4556complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
4557
252b5132 4558@node File
14082c76 4559@section @code{.file}
252b5132 4560@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
4561
4562@ifclear no-file-dir
4563There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
4564that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
4565@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
4566
4567@subheading Default Version
4568
252b5132
RH
4569@cindex logical file name
4570@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
4571This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
4572are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
4573
4574@smallexample
4575.file @var{string}
4576@end smallexample
4577
4578@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
4579recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
4580to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
4581statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 4582old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
4583
4584@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
4585@end ifclear
4586
14082c76
BW
4587When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
4588to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
4589
4590@smallexample
4591.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
4592@end smallexample
4593
4594The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
4595index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
4596literal.
4597
4598The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
4599table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
4600information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
4601entries will have.
4602
252b5132
RH
4603@node Fill
4604@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4605
4606@cindex @code{fill} directive
4607@cindex writing patterns in memory
4608@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 4609@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
4610This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
4611may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
4612more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
4613other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
4614is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
4615zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 4616byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
4617Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
4618@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
4619compatible with other people's assemblers.
4620
4621@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
4622If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
4623assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
4624@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
4625
4626@node Float
4627@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
4628
4629@cindex floating point numbers (single)
4630@cindex @code{float} directive
4631This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4632has the same effect as @code{.single}.
4633@ifset GENERIC
4634The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4635@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
4636@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4637@end ifset
4638@ifclear GENERIC
4639@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4640On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
4641in @sc{ieee} format.
4642@end ifset
4643@end ifclear
4644
4645@node Func
4646@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
4647@cindex @code{func} directive
4648@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
4649is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 4650Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
4651@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
4652prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
4653@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
4654All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
4655The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
4656
4657@node Global
4658@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
4659
4660@cindex @code{global} directive
4661@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
4662@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
4663@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
4664other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
4665@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
4666from another file linked into the same program.
4667
4668Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
4669compatibility with other assemblers.
4670
4671@ifset HPPA
4672On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
4673partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 4674@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
4675@end ifset
4676
c91d2e08 4677@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
4678@node Gnu_attribute
4679@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
4680Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
4681
c91d2e08
NC
4682@node Hidden
4683@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4684
c1253627
NC
4685@cindex @code{hidden} directive
4686@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 4687This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd
PB
4688@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
4689@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
4690
4691This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
4692their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
4693@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
4694Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
4695@end ifset
4696
252b5132
RH
4697@node hword
4698@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4699
4700@cindex @code{hword} directive
4701@cindex integers, 16-bit
4702@cindex numbers, 16-bit
4703@cindex sixteen bit integers
4704This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
4705a 16 bit number for each.
4706
4707@ifset GENERIC
4708This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
4709architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
4710@end ifset
4711@ifclear GENERIC
4712@ifset W32
4713This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
4714@end ifset
4715@ifset W16
4716This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
4717@end ifset
4718@end ifclear
4719
4720@node Ident
4721@section @code{.ident}
4722
4723@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
4724
4725This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
4726behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
4727a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
4728source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
4729for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
4730@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
4731emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
4732
4733@node If
4734@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
4735
4736@cindex conditional assembly
4737@cindex @code{if} directive
4738@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
4739considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
4740(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
4741the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
4742(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
4743alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
4744If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
4745nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
4746
4747The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
4748@table @code
4749@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
4750@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
4751Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
4752has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
4753is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 4754
26aca5f6
JB
4755@cindex @code{ifb} directive
4756@item .ifb @var{text}
4757Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
4758
252b5132
RH
4759@cindex @code{ifc} directive
4760@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
4761Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
4762strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
4763the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
4764end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
4765string comparison is case sensitive.
4766
4767@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
4768@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
4769Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
4770
4771@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
4772@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
4773Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
4774
4775@cindex @code{ifge} directive
4776@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
4777Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
4778equal to zero.
4779
4780@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
4781@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
4782Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
4783
4784@cindex @code{ifle} directive
4785@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
4786Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
4787to zero.
4788
4789@cindex @code{iflt} directive
4790@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
4791Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
4792
26aca5f6
JB
4793@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
4794@item .ifnb @var{text}
4795Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4796following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
4797
252b5132
RH
4798@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
4799@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
4800Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4801following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
4802
4803@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
4804@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
4805@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
4806@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
4807Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
4808has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
4809which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
4810
4811@cindex @code{ifne} directive
4812@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
4813Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
4814(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
4815
4816@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
4817@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
4818Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4819following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
4820@end table
4821
7e005732
NC
4822@node Incbin
4823@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
4824
4825@cindex @code{incbin} directive
4826@cindex binary files, including
4827The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
4828location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
4829option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
4830around @var{file}.
4831
4832The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
4833@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
4834read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
4835responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
4836after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 4837
252b5132
RH
4838@node Include
4839@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4840
4841@cindex @code{include} directive
4842@cindex supporting files, including
4843@cindex files, including
4844This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
4845points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
4846if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
4847included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
4848can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
4849(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
4850around @var{file}.
4851
4852@node Int
4853@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
4854
4855@cindex @code{int} directive
4856@cindex integers, 32-bit
4857Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
4858For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
4859expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
4860of target the assembly is for.
4861
4862@ifclear GENERIC
4863@ifset H8
7be1c489 4864On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 4865integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
486632-bit integers.
4867@end ifset
4868@end ifclear
4869
c91d2e08
NC
4870@ifset ELF
4871@node Internal
4872@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
4873
c1253627
NC
4874@cindex @code{internal} directive
4875@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 4876This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd
PB
4877@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
4878@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
4879
4880This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
4881their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
4882@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 4883(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
4884processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
4885@end ifset
4886
252b5132
RH
4887@node Irp
4888@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4889
4890@cindex @code{irp} directive
4891Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
4892The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
4893terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
4894set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
4895@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
4896@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
4897sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
4898
4899For example, assembling
4900
4901@example
4902 .irp param,1,2,3
4903 move d\param,sp@@-
4904 .endr
4905@end example
4906
4907is equivalent to assembling
4908
4909@example
4910 move d1,sp@@-
4911 move d2,sp@@-
4912 move d3,sp@@-
4913@end example
4914
96e9638b 4915For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 4916
252b5132
RH
4917@node Irpc
4918@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4919
4920@cindex @code{irpc} directive
4921Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
4922The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
4923terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
4924@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
4925assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
4926assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
4927@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
4928
4929For example, assembling
4930
4931@example
4932 .irpc param,123
4933 move d\param,sp@@-
4934 .endr
4935@end example
4936
4937is equivalent to assembling
4938
4939@example
4940 move d1,sp@@-
4941 move d2,sp@@-
4942 move d3,sp@@-
4943@end example
4944
5e75c3ab
JB
4945For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
4946at @xref{Macro}.
4947
252b5132
RH
4948@node Lcomm
4949@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4950
4951@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
4952@cindex local common symbols
4953@cindex symbols, local common
4954Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
4955denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
4956those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
4957section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
4958is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
4959not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
4960
4961@ifset GENERIC
4962Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
4963argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
4964@end ifset
4965
4966@ifset HPPA
4967The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4968@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4969@end ifset
4970
4971@node Lflags
4972@section @code{.lflags}
4973
4974@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 4975@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
4976assemblers, but ignores it.
4977
4978@ifclear no-line-dir
4979@node Line
4980@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4981
4982@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
4983@cindex logical line number
4984@ifset aout-bout
4985Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
4986expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
4987statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
4988reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 4989@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 4990for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
4991@end ifset
4992
252b5132 4993Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 4994@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
4995when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
4996were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
4997@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
4998
4999Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5000used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5001debugging.
5002@end ifclear
5003
5004@node Linkonce
5005@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5006@cindex COMDAT
5007@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5008@cindex common sections
5009Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5010This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5011but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5012The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5013Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5014unique.
5015
5016This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5017writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5018Executable format used on Windows NT.
5019
5020The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5021following strings. For example:
5022@smallexample
5023.linkonce same_size
5024@end smallexample
5025Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5026
5027@table @code
5028@item discard
5029Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5030
5031@item one_only
5032Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5033
5034@item same_size
5035Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5036
5037@item same_contents
5038Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5039@end table
5040
ccf8a69b
BW
5041@node List
5042@section @code{.list}
5043
5044@cindex @code{list} directive
5045@cindex listing control, turning on
5046Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5047not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5048internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5049counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5050generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5051
5052By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5053@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5054the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5055
252b5132
RH
5056@node Ln
5057@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5058
5059@cindex @code{ln} directive
5060@ifclear no-line-dir
5061@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5062@end ifclear
5063@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5064Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5065must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5066line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5067statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5068line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5069@ifset BOUT
5070
a4fb0134 5071This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5072configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5073output format.
5074@end ifset
5075@end ifset
5076
ccf8a69b
BW
5077@node Loc
5078@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5079@cindex @code{loc} directive
5080When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5081the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5082number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5083instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5084arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5085the row is added.
252b5132 5086
ccf8a69b
BW
5087The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5088
5089@table @code
5090@item basic_block
5091This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5092@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5093
5094@item prologue_end
5095This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5096@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5097
5098@item epilogue_begin
5099This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5100@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5101
5102@item is_stmt @var{value}
5103This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
5104@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
5105either 0 or 1.
5106
5107@item isa @var{value}
5108This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5109state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5110
92846e72
CC
5111@item discriminator @var{value}
5112This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5113state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5114
ccf8a69b
BW
5115@end table
5116
5117@node Loc_mark_labels
5118@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5119@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5120When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5121the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5122to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5123register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5124The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5125this function respectively.
252b5132 5126
4d4175af
BW
5127@ifset ELF
5128@node Local
5129@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5130
5131@cindex @code{local} directive
5132This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5133the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5134will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5135they will be created.
5136
5137For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5138accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5139the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5140(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5141@end ifset
5142
252b5132
RH
5143@node Long
5144@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5145
5146@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5147@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5148
5149@ignore
5150@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5151@c what it really ought to do
5152@node Lsym
5153@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5154
5155@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5156@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5157@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5158the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5159rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5160the same as the expression value:
5161@smallexample
5162@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5163@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5164@var{value} = @var{expression}
5165@end smallexample
5166@noindent
5167The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5168@end ignore
5169
5170@node Macro
5171@section @code{.macro}
5172
5173@cindex macros
5174The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5175generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5176@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5177
5178@example
5179 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5180 .long \from
5181 .if \to-\from
5182 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5183 .endif
5184 .endm
5185@end example
5186
5187@noindent
5188With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5189
5190@example
5191 .long 0
5192 .long 1
5193 .long 2
5194 .long 3
5195 .long 4
5196 .long 5
5197@end example
5198
5199@ftable @code
5200@item .macro @var{macname}
5201@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5202@cindex @code{macro} directive
5203Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5204definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5205separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5206indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5207@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5208(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5209macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5210cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5211subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5212definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5213
5214@table @code
5215@item .macro comm
5216Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5217arguments.
5218
6258339f 5219@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5220@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5221Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5222which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5223@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5224
5225@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5226Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5227arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5228After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5229@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5230@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5231,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5232@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5233
6eaeac8a
JB
5234@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5235Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5236arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5237not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5238will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5239
252b5132
RH
5240When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5241position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5242@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5243
6258339f
NC
5244@end table
5245
5e75c3ab
JB
5246Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5247as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5248occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5249characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5250(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5251architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5252character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5253replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5254construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5255identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5256this macro definition:
5257
5258@example
5259 .macro label l
5260\l:
5261 .endm
5262@end example
5263
5264might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5265called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5266assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5267identifier.
5268
5269Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5270which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5271for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5272length specifier like this:
5273
5274@example
5275 .macro opcode base length
5276 \base.\length
5277 .endm
5278@end example
5279
5280and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5281instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5282interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5283
5284There are several possible ways around this problem:
5285
5286@table @code
5287@item Insert white space
5288If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5289solution. eg:
5290
5291@example
5292 .macro label l
5293\l :
5294 .endm
5295@end example
5296
5297@item Use @samp{\()}
5298The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5299the following text. eg:
5300
5301@example
5302 .macro opcode base length
5303 \base\().\length
5304 .endm
5305@end example
5306
5307@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5308In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5309used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5310
5311@example
5312 .altmacro
5313 .macro label l
5314l&:
5315 .endm
5316@end example
6258339f 5317@end table
5e75c3ab 5318
96e9638b
BW
5319Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
5320also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
5321and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5322
252b5132
RH
5323@item .endm
5324@cindex @code{endm} directive
5325Mark the end of a macro definition.
5326
5327@item .exitm
5328@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5329Exit early from the current macro definition.
5330
5331@cindex number of macros executed
5332@cindex macros, count executed
5333@item \@@
a4fb0134 5334@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
5335executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
5336output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
5337
252b5132
RH
5338@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5339@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
5340macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
5341@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
5342@end ftable
252b5132 5343
ccf8a69b
BW
5344@node MRI
5345@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 5346
ccf8a69b
BW
5347@cindex @code{mri} directive
5348@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
5349If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
5350@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
5351affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
5352of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 5353
caa32fe5
NC
5354@node Noaltmacro
5355@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 5356Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 5357
252b5132
RH
5358@node Nolist
5359@section @code{.nolist}
5360
5361@cindex @code{nolist} directive
5362@cindex listing control, turning off
5363Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
5364not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5365internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5366counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5367generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5368
5369@node Octa
5370@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
5371
5372@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
5373@cindex @code{octa} directive
5374@cindex integer, 16-byte
5375@cindex sixteen byte integer
5376This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
5377bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
5378
5379The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5380hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
5381
5382@node Org
5383@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
5384
5385@cindex @code{org} directive
5386@cindex location counter, advancing
5387@cindex advancing location counter
5388@cindex current address, advancing
5389Advance the location counter of the current section to
5390@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
5391expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
5392you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
5393wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
5394with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 5395@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5396is the same as the current subsection.
5397
5398@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
5399unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
5400backwards.
5401
5402@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
5403@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
5404@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 5405Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5406may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
5407a chance to share your improved assembler.
5408
5409Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
5410to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
5411people's assemblers.
5412
5413When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
5414intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
5415absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
5416@var{fill} defaults to zero.
5417
5418@node P2align
5419@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
5420
5421@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
5422@cindex @code{p2align} directive
5423Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
5424storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
5425number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
5426advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
5427counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
5428multiple of 8, no change is needed.
5429
5430The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
5431padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
5432padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
5433marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
5434with no-op instructions.
5435
5436The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
5437it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
5438directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
5439specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
5440fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
5441required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
5442with no-op instructions when appropriate.
5443
5444@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
5445@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
5446The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
5447@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
5448pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
5449fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
54502,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
5451filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
5452the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
5453undefined.
5454
ccf8a69b
BW
5455@ifset ELF
5456@node PopSection
5457@section @code{.popsection}
5458
5459@cindex @code{popsection} directive
5460@cindex Section Stack
5461This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
5462@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5463@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
5464(@pxref{Previous}).
5465
5466This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
5467section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
5468stack.
5469@end ifset
5470
c91d2e08
NC
5471@ifset ELF
5472@node Previous
5473@section @code{.previous}
5474
c1253627 5475@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5476@cindex Section Stack
5477This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5478@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5479@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
5480(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
5481
5482This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 5483referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 5484@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
5485subsections). For example:
5486
5487@smallexample
5488.section A
5489 .subsection 1
5490 .word 0x1234
5491 .subsection 2
5492 .word 0x5678
5493.previous
5494 .word 0x9abc
5495@end smallexample
5496
5497Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
5498section A. Whilst:
5499
5500@smallexample
5501.section A
5502.subsection 1
5503 # Now in section A subsection 1
5504 .word 0x1234
5505.section B
5506.subsection 0
5507 # Now in section B subsection 0
5508 .word 0x5678
5509.subsection 1
5510 # Now in section B subsection 1
5511 .word 0x9abc
5512.previous
5513 # Now in section B subsection 0
5514 .word 0xdef0
5515@end smallexample
5516
5517Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
5518section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
5519
5520In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
5521the top section on the section stack.
5522@end ifset
5523
252b5132
RH
5524@node Print
5525@section @code{.print @var{string}}
5526
5527@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 5528@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
5529assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
5530
c91d2e08
NC
5531@ifset ELF
5532@node Protected
5533@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
5534
c1253627
NC
5535@cindex @code{protected} directive
5536@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5537This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 5538@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
5539
5540This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5541their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5542@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
5543components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
5544component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
5545this.
5546@end ifset
5547
252b5132
RH
5548@node Psize
5549@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
5550
5551@cindex @code{psize} directive
5552@cindex listing control: paper size
5553@cindex paper size, for listings
5554Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
5555number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
5556
5557If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
5558of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
5559default width is 200 columns.
5560
a4fb0134 5561@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
5562lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
5563@code{.eject}).
5564
5565If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
5566those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
5567
5568@node Purgem
5569@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
5570
5571@cindex @code{purgem} directive
5572Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
5573expanded. @xref{Macro}.
5574
c91d2e08
NC
5575@ifset ELF
5576@node PushSection
9cfc3331 5577@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 5578
c1253627 5579@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5580@cindex Section Stack
5581This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5582@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5583@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
5584(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5585
e9863d7f
DJ
5586This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
5587top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
5588subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
5589@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
5590as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
5591@end ifset
5592
252b5132
RH
5593@node Quad
5594@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
5595
5596@cindex @code{quad} directive
5597@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
5598each bignum, it emits
5599@ifclear bignum-16
5600an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
5601warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
5602@cindex eight-byte integer
5603@cindex integer, 8-byte
5604
5605The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5606hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
5607@end ifclear
5608@ifset bignum-16
5609a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
5610warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
5611@cindex sixteen-byte integer
5612@cindex integer, 16-byte
5613@end ifset
5614
05e9452c
AM
5615@node Reloc
5616@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
5617
5618@cindex @code{reloc} directive
5619Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
5620@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
5621the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
5622symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
5623@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
5624absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
5625targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
5626relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
5627section.
5628
252b5132
RH
5629@node Rept
5630@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
5631
5632@cindex @code{rept} directive
5633Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
5634@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
5635
5636For example, assembling
5637
5638@example
5639 .rept 3
5640 .long 0
5641 .endr
5642@end example
5643
5644is equivalent to assembling
5645
5646@example
5647 .long 0
5648 .long 0
5649 .long 0
5650@end example
5651
5652@node Sbttl
5653@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
5654
5655@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
5656@cindex subtitles for listings
5657@cindex listing control: subtitle
5658Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
5659title line) when generating assembly listings.
5660
5661This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
5662it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
5663
5664@ifset COFF
5665@node Scl
5666@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
5667
5668@cindex @code{scl} directive
5669@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
5670@cindex COFF symbol storage class
5671Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
5672used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
5673whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
5674symbolic debugging information.
5675@ifset BOUT
5676
5677The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 5678configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
5679accepts this directive but ignores it.
5680@end ifset
5681@end ifset
5682
c1253627 5683@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 5684@node Section
c1253627 5685@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 5686
252b5132
RH
5687@cindex named section
5688Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
5689named @var{name}.
5690
5691This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
5692named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
5693with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
5694
c1253627
NC
5695@ifset COFF
5696@ifset ELF
5697@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5698@subheading COFF Version
5699@end ifset
5700
5701@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
5702For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
5703ways:
c91d2e08 5704
252b5132
RH
5705@smallexample
5706.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 5707.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
5708@end smallexample
5709
5710If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
5711section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
5712@table @code
5713@item b
5714bss section (uninitialized data)
5715@item n
5716section is not loaded
5717@item w
5718writable section
5719@item d
5720data section
5721@item r
5722read-only section
5723@item x
5724executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
5725@item s
5726shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
5727@item a
5728ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
252b5132
RH
5729@end table
5730
5731If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
5732the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
5733loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
5734from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
5735will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
5736
5737If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 5738taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 5739@end ifset
252b5132
RH
5740
5741@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
5742@ifset COFF
5743@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5744@subheading ELF Version
5745@end ifset
5746
c91d2e08
NC
5747@cindex Section Stack
5748This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5749@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
5750(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
5751@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5752
c1253627 5753@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 5754For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 5755
252b5132 5756@smallexample
7047dd1e 5757.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 5758@end smallexample
c91d2e08 5759
252b5132 5760The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 5761combination of the following characters:
252b5132
RH
5762@table @code
5763@item a
5764section is allocatable
5765@item w
5766section is writable
5767@item x
5768section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
5769@item M
5770section is mergeable
5771@item S
5772section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
5773@item G
5774section is a member of a section group
5775@item T
5776section is used for thread-local-storage
252b5132
RH
5777@end table
5778
5779The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
5780@table @code
5781@item @@progbits
5782section contains data
5783@item @@nobits
5784section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
5785@item @@note
5786section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
5787@item @@init_array
5788section contains an array of pointers to init functions
5789@item @@fini_array
5790section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
5791@item @@preinit_array
5792section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
252b5132
RH
5793@end table
5794
10b016c2
PB
5795Many targets only support the first three section types.
5796
ececec60
NC
5797Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
5798ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
5799@code{%} character.
5800
22fe14ad 5801If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 5802be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
5803
5804@smallexample
5805.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
5806@end smallexample
5807
5808Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
5809constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
5810@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
5811@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
5812the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
5813absolute expression.
5814
5815If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
5816be present along with an additional field like this:
5817
5818@smallexample
5819.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
5820@end smallexample
5821
5822The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
5823particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
5824@table @code
5825@item comdat
5826indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
5827@item .gnu.linkonce
5828an alias for comdat
5829@end table
5830
96e9638b 5831Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
5832the Merge flag should come first, like this:
5833
5834@smallexample
5835.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
5836@end smallexample
ec38dd05 5837
252b5132
RH
5838If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
5839the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
5840none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
5841executable. The section will contain data.
5842
5843For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
5844directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 5845
252b5132
RH
5846@smallexample
5847.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
5848@end smallexample
c91d2e08 5849
252b5132
RH
5850Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
5851separated flags:
5852@table @code
5853@item #alloc
5854section is allocatable
5855@item #write
5856section is writable
5857@item #execinstr
5858section is executable
22fe14ad
NC
5859@item #tls
5860section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 5861@end table
c91d2e08 5862
e9863d7f
DJ
5863This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
5864contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
5865some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
5866work.
c1253627
NC
5867@end ifset
5868@end ifset
252b5132
RH
5869
5870@node Set
5871@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5872
5873@cindex @code{set} directive
5874@cindex symbol value, setting
5875Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
5876changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
5877@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
5878flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
5879
5880You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly.
5881
5882If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
5883file is the last value stored into it.
5884
5885@ifset HPPA
5886The syntax for @code{set} on the HPPA is
5887@samp{@var{symbol} .set @var{expression}}.
5888@end ifset
5889
3c9b82ba
NC
5890@ifset Z80
5891On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
5892@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
5893@end ifset
5894
252b5132
RH
5895@node Short
5896@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
5897
5898@cindex @code{short} directive
5899@ifset GENERIC
5900@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
5901@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
5902
5903In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 5904numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
5905@end ifset
5906@ifclear GENERIC
5907@ifset W16
5908@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
5909@end ifset
5910@ifset W32
5911This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5912a 16 bit number for each.
5913@end ifset
5914@end ifclear
5915
5916@node Single
5917@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
5918
5919@cindex @code{single} directive
5920@cindex floating point numbers (single)
5921This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5922has the same effect as @code{.float}.
5923@ifset GENERIC
5924The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5925@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
5926@end ifset
5927@ifclear GENERIC
5928@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5929On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
5930numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
5931@end ifset
5932@end ifclear
5933
c1253627 5934@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 5935@node Size
c1253627 5936@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 5937
c1253627
NC
5938This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
5939
5940@ifset COFF
5941@ifset ELF
5942@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5943@subheading COFF Version
5944@end ifset
5945
5946@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
5947For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
5948@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
5949
5950@smallexample
5951.size @var{expression}
5952@end smallexample
252b5132 5953
c91d2e08 5954@ifset BOUT
252b5132 5955@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 5956@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
5957ignores it.
5958@end ifset
c1253627 5959@end ifset
c91d2e08 5960
c1253627
NC
5961@ifset ELF
5962@ifset COFF
5963@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5964@subheading ELF Version
5965@end ifset
5966
5967@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
5968For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 5969
c1253627
NC
5970@smallexample
5971.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
5972@end smallexample
5973
5974This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
5975The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
5976arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
5977symbols.
c1253627
NC
5978@end ifset
5979@end ifset
252b5132 5980
252b5132
RH
5981@ifclear no-space-dir
5982@node Skip
5983@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
5984
5985@cindex @code{skip} directive
5986@cindex filling memory
5987This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
5988@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
5989@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
5990@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 5991@end ifclear
252b5132 5992
ccf8a69b
BW
5993@node Sleb128
5994@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
5995
5996@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
5997@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
5998compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
5999symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6000
884f0d36 6001@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
6002@node Space
6003@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6004
6005@cindex @code{space} directive
6006@cindex filling memory
6007This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6008@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6009and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6010as @samp{.skip}.
6011
6012@ifset HPPA
6013@quotation
6014@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6015targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6016Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6017@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6018for a summary.
6019@end quotation
6020@end ifset
6021@end ifclear
6022
252b5132
RH
6023@ifset have-stabs
6024@node Stab
6025@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6026
6027@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6028@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6029There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6030All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6031The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6032cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6033Up to five fields are required:
6034
6035@table @var
6036@item string
6037This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6038@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6039debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6040using this field.
6041
6042@item type
6043An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6044this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6045and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6046
6047@item other
6048An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6049low 8 bits of this expression.
6050
6051@item desc
6052An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6053bits of this expression.
6054
6055@item value
6056An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6057@end table
6058
6059If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6060or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6061you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6062compatible with earlier assemblers!
6063
6064@table @code
6065@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6066@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6067
6068The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6069It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6070null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6071strings.
6072
6073The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6074relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6075is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6076assembled.
6077
6078@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6079@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6080The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6081
6082@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6083@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6084All five fields are specified.
6085@end table
6086@end ifset
6087@c end have-stabs
6088
6089@node String
38a57ae7
NC
6090@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
6091"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6092
6093@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6094@cindex string8, copying to object file
6095@cindex string16, copying to object file
6096@cindex string32, copying to object file
6097@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6098@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6099@cindex @code{string8} directive
6100@cindex @code{string16} directive
6101@cindex @code{string32} directive
6102@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6103
6104Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6105one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6106particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6107You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6108
38a57ae7
NC
6109The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
6110the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6111copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6112are stored in target endianness byte order.
6113
6114Example:
6115@smallexample
6116 .string32 "BYE"
6117expands to:
6118 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6119 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6120@end smallexample
6121
6122
252b5132
RH
6123@node Struct
6124@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6125
6126@cindex @code{struct} directive
6127Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6128which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6129@smallexample
6130 .struct 0
6131field1:
6132 .struct field1 + 4
6133field2:
6134 .struct field2 + 4
6135field3:
6136@end smallexample
6137This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6138@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6139value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6140use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6141before further assembly.
6142
c91d2e08
NC
6143@ifset ELF
6144@node SubSection
6145@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6146
c1253627 6147@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6148@cindex Section Stack
6149This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
6150@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6151@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
6152(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6153
6154This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6155section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6156in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6157@end ifset
6158
252b5132
RH
6159@ifset ELF
6160@node Symver
6161@section @code{.symver}
6162@cindex @code{symver} directive
6163@cindex symbol versioning
6164@cindex versions of symbols
6165Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6166within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6167typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6168There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6169into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6170shared library.
6171
79082ff0 6172For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6173@smallexample
6174.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6175@end smallexample
339681c0 6176If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6177being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6178alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6179just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6180permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6181of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6182itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6183have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6184file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6185function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6186the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6187building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6188symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6189nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6190
6191If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6192references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6193reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6194symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6195
6196Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6197@smallexample
6198.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6199@end smallexample
6200In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6201the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6202difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6203references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6204
6205The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6206@smallexample
6207.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6208@end smallexample
6209When @var{name} is not defined within the
6210file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6211@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6212name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6213@end ifset
6214
6215@ifset COFF
6216@node Tag
6217@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6218
6219@cindex COFF structure debugging
6220@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6221@cindex @code{tag} directive
6222This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6223information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6224@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6225definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
6226@ifset BOUT
6227
6228@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6229@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6230ignores it.
6231@end ifset
6232@end ifset
6233
6234@node Text
6235@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6236
6237@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 6238Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
6239the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
6240expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
6241is used.
6242
6243@node Title
6244@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
6245
6246@cindex @code{title} directive
6247@cindex listing control: title line
6248Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
6249source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
6250
6251This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6252it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6253
c1253627 6254@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6255@node Type
c1253627
NC
6256@section @code{.type}
6257
6258This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
6259
6260@ifset COFF
6261@ifset ELF
6262@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6263@subheading COFF Version
6264@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6265
6266@cindex COFF symbol type
6267@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
6268@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
6269For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
6270@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6271
6272@smallexample
6273.type @var{int}
6274@end smallexample
6275
6276This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
6277entry.
252b5132 6278
c91d2e08 6279@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6280@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6281@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
6282directive but ignores it.
6283@end ifset
c1253627 6284@end ifset
c91d2e08 6285
c1253627
NC
6286@ifset ELF
6287@ifset COFF
6288@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6289@subheading ELF Version
6290@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6291
6292@cindex ELF symbol type
6293@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
6294@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
6295For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
6296
6297@smallexample
6298.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
6299@end smallexample
6300
6301This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 6302function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 6303supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 6304compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
6305
6306Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
6307@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
6308below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
6309the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
6310maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
6311assemblers.
6312
6313The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
6314
6315@smallexample
5671778d
NC
6316 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
6317 .type <name>,#<type>
6318 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 6319 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
6320 .type <name>,"<type>"
6321@end smallexample
6322
6323The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 6324
5671778d
NC
6325@table @gcctabopt
6326@item STT_FUNC
6327@itemx function
6328Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 6329
d8045f23
NC
6330@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
6331@itemx gnu_indirect_function
6332Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
6333processing. (This is only supported on Linux targeted assemblers).
6334
5671778d
NC
6335@item STT_OBJECT
6336@itemx object
6337Mark the symbol as being a data object.
6338
6339@item STT_TLS
6340@itemx tls_object
6341Mark the symbol as being a thead-local data object.
6342
6343@item STT_COMMON
6344@itemx common
6345Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
6346
6347@item STT_NOTYPE
6348@itemx notype
6349Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
6350
5671778d
NC
6351@end table
6352
6353Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 6354
c1253627
NC
6355@end ifset
6356@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6357
6358@node Uleb128
6359@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
6360
6361@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
6362@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
6363compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 6364symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
6365
6366@ifset COFF
6367@node Val
6368@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
6369
6370@cindex @code{val} directive
6371@cindex COFF value attribute
6372@cindex value attribute, COFF
6373This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
6374records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
6375entry.
6376@ifset BOUT
6377
a4fb0134 6378@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
6379configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
6380@end ifset
6381@end ifset
6382
2e13b764 6383@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
6384@node Version
6385@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 6386
c1253627 6387@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6388This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
6389formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 6390@end ifset
2e13b764 6391
c91d2e08
NC
6392@ifset ELF
6393@node VTableEntry
6394@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 6395
653cfe85 6396@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6397This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
6398@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 6399
c91d2e08
NC
6400@node VTableInherit
6401@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 6402
653cfe85 6403@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6404This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
6405@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 6406parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 6407parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 6408@end ifset
2e13b764 6409
d190d046
HPN
6410@node Warning
6411@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
6412@cindex warning directive
6413Similar to the directive @code{.error}
6414(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
6415
c91d2e08
NC
6416@node Weak
6417@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 6418
c1253627 6419@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 6420This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 6421@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 6422
977cdf5a
NC
6423On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
6424directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
6425@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
6426
977cdf5a
NC
6427On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
6428When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
6429alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 6430
06e77878
AO
6431@node Weakref
6432@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
6433
6434@cindex @code{weakref} directive
6435This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
6436be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
6437If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
6438will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
6439symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
6440
6441The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
6442assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
6443symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
6444resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
6445had the references to the alias removed.
6446
6447The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
6448within the assembler.
6449
252b5132
RH
6450@node Word
6451@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
6452
6453@cindex @code{word} directive
6454This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
6455separated by commas.
6456@ifclear GENERIC
6457@ifset W32
a4fb0134 6458For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6459@end ifset
6460@ifset W16
a4fb0134 6461For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6462@end ifset
6463@end ifclear
6464@ifset GENERIC
6465
6466The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
6467depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
6468@end ifset
6469
6470@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
6471@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
6472@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6473@cindex difference tables altered
6474@cindex altered difference tables
6475@quotation
6476@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
6477@end quotation
6478
6479@ifset GENERIC
6480Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
6481addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
6482interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
6483@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
6484
6485@end ifset
6486In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 6487@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 6488Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 6489compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 6490directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 6491@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6492creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
6493This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
6494first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
6495of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
6496table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
6497contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
6498@code{sym2}.
6499
6500If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
6501secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
6502@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
6503long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
6504and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
6505minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
6506entries in the original jump table as necessary.
6507
6508@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 6509@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
6510@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
6511assembly language programmers.
6512@end ifset
6513@end ifset
6514@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6515
6516@node Deprecated
6517@section Deprecated Directives
6518
6519@cindex deprecated directives
6520@cindex obsolescent directives
6521One day these directives won't work.
6522They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
6523@table @t
6524@item .abort
6525@item .line
6526@end table
6527
3a99f02f
DJ
6528@ifset ELF
6529@node Object Attributes
6530@chapter Object Attributes
6531@cindex object attributes
6532
6533@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
6534into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
6535Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
6536point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
6537requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
6538passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
6539hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
6540generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
6541newer generation at run-time.
6542
6543This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
6544@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
6545time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
6546correctly.
6547
6548Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
6549attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
6550string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
6551and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
6552or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
6553attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
6554
6555Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
6556The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
6557
6558@menu
6559* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6560* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
6561@end menu
6562
6563@node GNU Object Attributes
6564@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6565
6566The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
6567with vendor @samp{gnu}.
6568
6569Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
6570its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
6571an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
65722} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
6573architecture-dependent ones.
6574
6575@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
6576
6577These attributes are valid on all architectures.
6578
6579@table @r
6580@item Tag_compatibility (32)
6581The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
6582the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
6583then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
6584than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
6585arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
6586@end table
6587
6588@subsection MIPS Attributes
6589
6590@table @r
6591@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
6592The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6593
6594@itemize @bullet
6595@item
65960 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6597@item
65981 for files using the hardware floating-point with a standard double-precision
6599FPU.
6600@item
66012 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
6602@item
66033 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a
TS
6604@item
66054 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit wide
6606double-precision floating-point registers and 32-bit wide general
6607purpose registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
6608@end itemize
6609@end table
6610
6611@subsection PowerPC Attributes
6612
6613@table @r
6614@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
6615The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6616
6617@itemize @bullet
6618@item
66190 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6620@item
3c7b9897 66211 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6622@item
66232 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
6624@item
66253 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6626@end itemize
6627
6628@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
6629The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6630
6631@itemize @bullet
6632@item
66330 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
6634@item
66351 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
6636@item
66372 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
6638@item
66393 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
6640@end itemize
6641@end table
6642
6643@node Defining New Object Attributes
6644@section Defining New Object Attributes
6645
6646If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
6647will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
6648mailing list.
6649
6650@itemize @bullet
6651@item
6652This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
6653@item
6654The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
6655@item
6656The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
6657and issue any appropriate link warnings.
6658@item
6659Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
6660@item
6661@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
6662@item
6663GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
6664@end itemize
6665
6666@end ifset
6667
252b5132
RH
6668@ifset GENERIC
6669@node Machine Dependencies
6670@chapter Machine Dependent Features
6671
6672@cindex machine dependencies
6673The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
6674each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
6675vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
6676directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
6677assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 6678@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
6679optimization.
6680
6681This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
6682include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
6683subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
6684
6685@menu
625e1353
RH
6686@ifset ALPHA
6687* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
6688@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6689@ifset ARC
6690* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
6691@end ifset
6692@ifset ARM
6693* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
6694@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
6695@ifset AVR
6696* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
6697@end ifset
07c1b327
CM
6698@ifset BFIN
6699* BFIN-Dependent:: BFIN Dependent Features
6700@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
6701@ifset CR16
6702* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
6703@end ifset
8bf549a8 6704@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
6705* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
6706@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6707@ifset D10V
6708* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
6709@end ifset
6710@ifset D30V
6711* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
6712@end ifset
6713@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 6714* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 6715@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6716@ifset HPPA
6717* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
6718@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
6719@ifset I370
6720* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
6721@end ifset
252b5132 6722@ifset I80386
55b62671 6723* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 6724@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
6725@ifset I860
6726* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
6727@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6728@ifset I960
6729* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
6730@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
6731@ifset IA64
6732* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
6733@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
6734@ifset IP2K
6735* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
6736@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
6737@ifset LM32
6738* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
6739@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
6740@ifset M32C
6741* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
6742@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
6743@ifset M32R
6744* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
6745@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6746@ifset M680X0
6747* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
6748@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
6749@ifset M68HC11
6750* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
6751@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6752@ifset MIPS
6753* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
6754@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
6755@ifset MMIX
6756* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
6757@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
6758@ifset MSP430
6759* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
6760@end ifset
252b5132 6761@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
6762* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
6763* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
252b5132 6764@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
6765@ifset PDP11
6766* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
6767@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
6768@ifset PJ
6769* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
6770@end ifset
418c1742
MG
6771@ifset PPC
6772* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
6773@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
6774@ifset S390
6775* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
6776@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
6777@ifset SCORE
6778* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
6779@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6780@ifset SPARC
6781* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
6782@end ifset
39bec121
TW
6783@ifset TIC54X
6784* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
6785@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6786@ifset V850
6787* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
6788@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
6789@ifset XTENSA
6790* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
6791@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
6792@ifset Z80
6793* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
6794@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6795@ifset Z8000
6796* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
6797@end ifset
6798@ifset VAX
6799* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
6800@end ifset
6801@end menu
6802
6803@lowersections
6804@end ifset
6805
6806@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
6807@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
6808@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
6809@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
6810@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
6811@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
6812@c in both conditional blocks.
6813
625e1353
RH
6814@ifset ALPHA
6815@include c-alpha.texi
6816@end ifset
6817
6818@ifset ARC
6819@include c-arc.texi
6820@end ifset
6821
252b5132
RH
6822@ifset ARM
6823@include c-arm.texi
6824@end ifset
6825
8473f7a4
DC
6826@ifset AVR
6827@include c-avr.texi
6828@end ifset
6829
07c1b327
CM
6830@ifset BFIN
6831@include c-bfin.texi
6832@end ifset
6833
3d3d428f
NC
6834@ifset CR16
6835@include c-cr16.texi
6836@end ifset
6837
328eb32e
HPN
6838@ifset CRIS
6839@include c-cris.texi
6840@end ifset
6841
c2dcd04e 6842@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
6843@ifclear GENERIC
6844@node Machine Dependencies
6845@chapter Machine Dependent Features
6846
c2dcd04e 6847The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 6848and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 6849chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
6850family.
6851
6852@menu
c2dcd04e 6853* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 6854* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
6855@end menu
6856@lowersections
6857@end ifclear
6858@end ifset
6859
6860@ifset D10V
6861@include c-d10v.texi
6862@end ifset
6863
6864@ifset D30V
6865@include c-d30v.texi
6866@end ifset
6867
6868@ifset H8/300
6869@include c-h8300.texi
6870@end ifset
6871
252b5132
RH
6872@ifset HPPA
6873@include c-hppa.texi
6874@end ifset
6875
5b93d8bb
AM
6876@ifset I370
6877@include c-i370.texi
6878@end ifset
6879
252b5132
RH
6880@ifset I80386
6881@include c-i386.texi
6882@end ifset
6883
e3308d0d
JE
6884@ifset I860
6885@include c-i860.texi
6886@end ifset
6887
252b5132
RH
6888@ifset I960
6889@include c-i960.texi
6890@end ifset
6891
9e32ca89
NC
6892@ifset IA64
6893@include c-ia64.texi
6894@end ifset
6895
a40cbfa3
NC
6896@ifset IP2K
6897@include c-ip2k.texi
6898@end ifset
6899
84e94c90
NC
6900@ifset LM32
6901@include c-lm32.texi
6902@end ifset
6903
49f58d10
JB
6904@ifset M32C
6905@include c-m32c.texi
6906@end ifset
6907
ec694b89
NC
6908@ifset M32R
6909@include c-m32r.texi
6910@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6911
6912@ifset M680X0
6913@include c-m68k.texi
6914@end ifset
6915
60bcf0fa
NC
6916@ifset M68HC11
6917@include c-m68hc11.texi
6918@end ifset
6919
252b5132
RH
6920@ifset MIPS
6921@include c-mips.texi
6922@end ifset
6923
3c3bdf30
NC
6924@ifset MMIX
6925@include c-mmix.texi
6926@end ifset
6927
2469cfa2
NC
6928@ifset MSP430
6929@include c-msp430.texi
6930@end ifset
6931
252b5132
RH
6932@ifset NS32K
6933@include c-ns32k.texi
6934@end ifset
6935
e135f41b
NC
6936@ifset PDP11
6937@include c-pdp11.texi
6938@end ifset
6939
041dd5a9
ILT
6940@ifset PJ
6941@include c-pj.texi
6942@end ifset
6943
418c1742
MG
6944@ifset PPC
6945@include c-ppc.texi
6946@end ifset
6947
11c19e16
MS
6948@ifset S390
6949@include c-s390.texi
6950@end ifset
6951
c0157db4
NC
6952@ifset SCORE
6953@include c-score.texi
6954@end ifset
6955
252b5132
RH
6956@ifset SH
6957@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 6958@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
6959@end ifset
6960
6961@ifset SPARC
6962@include c-sparc.texi
6963@end ifset
6964
39bec121
TW
6965@ifset TIC54X
6966@include c-tic54x.texi
6967@end ifset
6968
3c9b82ba
NC
6969@ifset Z80
6970@include c-z80.texi
6971@end ifset
6972
252b5132
RH
6973@ifset Z8000
6974@include c-z8k.texi
6975@end ifset
6976
6977@ifset VAX
6978@include c-vax.texi
6979@end ifset
6980
6981@ifset V850
6982@include c-v850.texi
6983@end ifset
6984
e0001a05
NC
6985@ifset XTENSA
6986@include c-xtensa.texi
6987@end ifset
6988
252b5132
RH
6989@ifset GENERIC
6990@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
6991@raisesections
6992@end ifset
6993
6994@node Reporting Bugs
6995@chapter Reporting Bugs
6996@cindex bugs in assembler
6997@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
6998
a4fb0134 6999Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7000
7001Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7002not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7003entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7004Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7005
7006In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7007information that enables us to fix the bug.
7008
7009@menu
7010* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7011* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7012@end menu
7013
7014@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7015@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7016@cindex bug criteria
7017
7018If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7019
7020@itemize @bullet
7021@cindex fatal signal
7022@cindex assembler crash
7023@cindex crash of assembler
7024@item
7025If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7026@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7027
7028@cindex error on valid input
7029@item
a4fb0134 7030If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7031
7032@cindex invalid input
7033@item
a4fb0134 7034If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7035is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7036be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7037
7038@item
7039If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 7040of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
7041@end itemize
7042
7043@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 7044@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
7045@cindex bug reports
7046@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
7047
7048A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 7049you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
7050contact that organization first.
7051
7052You can find contact information for many support companies and
7053individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
7054distribution.
7055
ad22bfe8 7056@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 7057In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
7058to @value{BUGURL}.
7059@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7060
7061The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7062@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7063fact or leave it out, state it!
7064
7065Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
7066and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
7067name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
7068not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
7069happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
7070perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
7071the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
7072give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
7073and the most helpful.
7074
7075Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
7076it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
7077that the bug has not been reported previously.
7078
7079Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
7080bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
7081respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
7082You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
7083
7084To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
7085
7086@itemize @bullet
7087@item
a4fb0134 7088The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
7089it with the @samp{--version} argument.
7090
7091Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 7092the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7093
7094@item
a4fb0134 7095Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
7096
7097@item
7098The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
7099version number.
7100
7101@item
a4fb0134 7102What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
7103``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
7104
7105@item
7106The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
7107observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
7108all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
7109
7110If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
7111and then we might not encounter the bug.
7112
7113@item
7114A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
7115the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
7116high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
7117when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
7118the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
7119file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 7120@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
7121
7122@item
7123A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
7124incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
7125
a4fb0134 7126Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
7127will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
7128notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
7129make a mistake.
7130
7131Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
7132explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 7133@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
7134library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
7135would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
7136would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
7137expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
7138observations.
7139
7140@item
a4fb0134 7141If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
7142diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
7143option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 7144discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
7145by line number.
7146
7147The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
7148sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
7149@end itemize
7150
7151Here are some things that are not necessary:
7152
7153@itemize @bullet
7154@item
7155A description of the envelope of the bug.
7156
7157Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
7158which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
7159changes will not affect it.
7160
7161This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
7162will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
7163with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
7164We recommend that you save your time for something else.
7165
7166Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
7167of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
7168output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
7169less time, and so on.
7170
7171However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
7172report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
7173
7174@item
7175A patch for the bug.
7176
7177A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
7178the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
7179a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
7180to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
7181
a4fb0134 7182Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
7183construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
7184the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
7185one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
7186
7187And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
7188patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
7189help us to understand.
7190
7191@item
7192A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
7193
7194Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
7195things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
7196@end itemize
7197
7198@node Acknowledgements
7199@chapter Acknowledgements
7200
653cfe85 7201If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132
RH
7202it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
7203maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
7204@c (January 1994),
7205the maintainer is Ken Raeburn (email address @code{raeburn@@cygnus.com}).
7206
7207Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
7208more details?}
7209
7210Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
7211information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
7212extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
7213
7214K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
7215many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
7216up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
7217testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
7218including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
7219and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
7220support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
7221port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
7222file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
7223assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
7224
7225Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
7226in format-specific I/O modules.
7227
7228The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
7229has done much work with it since.
7230
7231The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
7232
7233Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
7234
7235The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
7236University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
7237
7238Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
7239(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
7240(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
7241support a.out format.
7242
7be1c489
AM
7243Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
7244tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
7245Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
7246use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
7247targets.
7248
7249John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
7250simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
7251updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 7252fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
7253remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
7254cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
7255required the proverbial one-bit fix.
7256
7257Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
725868k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
7259added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
7260PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
7261
653cfe85 7262Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
7263
7264Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
7265
7266Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
7267along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
7268formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
7269the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
7270
7271Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
7272Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
7273Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
7274Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
7275and some initial 64-bit support).
7276
c1253627 7277Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 7278
252b5132
RH
7279Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
7280support for openVMS/Alpha.
7281
39bec121
TW
7282Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
7283flavors.
7284
e0001a05 7285David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 7286Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 7287
252b5132
RH
7288Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
7289configuration enhancements.
7290
84e94c90
NC
7291Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
7292
252b5132
RH
7293Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
7294you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
7295want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
7296intentionally leaving anyone out.
7297
793c5807
NC
7298@node GNU Free Documentation License
7299@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 7300@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 7301
370b66a1
CD
7302@node AS Index
7303@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
7304
7305@printindex cp
7306
252b5132
RH
7307@bye
7308@c Local Variables:
7309@c fill-column: 79
7310@c End:
This page took 0.878827 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.